UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION
PERIOD FROM TO
Commission File Number 001-37534
PLANET FITNESS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
38-3942097
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
4 Liberty Lane West, Hampton, NH 03842
(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code)
(603) 750-0001
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Class A common stock, par value $.0001 per share; Traded on the New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☒ NO ☐
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒
NO ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and
posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit
and post such files). YES ☒ NO ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of the "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "non-accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and “emerging growth company” in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
☒
☐ (Do not check if a small reporting company)
Accelerated filer
Small reporting company
Emerging Growth Company
☐
☐
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☐ NO ☒
The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Class A common stock held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock
as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2017 was approximately $2.0 billion.
The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, as of February
22, 2018 was 87,490,563 shares and 10,892,740 shares, respectively.
Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 2, 2018, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1
Table of Contents
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
Page
3
16
32
32
32
32
33
35
37
63
64
98
98
99
100
100
100
100
100
101
103
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Such forward-looking statements reflect, among
other things, our current expectations and anticipated results of operations, all of which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that
may cause our actual results, performance or achievements, market trends, or industry results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-
looking statements. Therefore, any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be forward-looking statements and should be evaluated
as such. Without limiting the foregoing, the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “projects,” “should,” “targets,”
“will” and the negative thereof and similar words and expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are
subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Item 1A. – Risk Factors,” of this report. Unless legally required, we
assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking information to reflect actual results or changes in the factors affecting such forward-looking information.
2
Item 1. Business.
PART I
Planet Fitness, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed on March 16, 2015. Planet Fitness, Inc. Class A common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol “PLNT.” See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for additional information about our business
organization, our initial public offering (“IPO”) and transactions completed in connection with our IPO.
Our Company
Fitness for everyone
We are one of the largest and fastest-growing franchisors and operators of fitness centers in the United States by number of members and locations, with a highly
recognized national brand. Our mission is to enhance people’s lives by providing a high-quality fitness experience in a welcoming, non-intimidating environment,
which we call the Judgement Free Zone, where anyone—and we mean anyone—can feel they belong. Our bright, clean stores are typically 20,000 square feet, with
a large selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded cardio, circuit- and weight-training equipment and friendly staff trainers who offer
unlimited free fitness instruction to all our members in small groups through our PE@PF program. We offer this differentiated fitness experience at only $10 per
month for our standard membership. This exceptional value proposition is designed to appeal to a broad population, including occasional gym users and the
approximately 80% of the U.S. and Canadian populations over age 14 who are not gym members, particularly those who find the traditional fitness club setting
intimidating and expensive. We and our franchisees fiercely protect Planet Fitness’ community atmosphere—a place where you do not need to be fit before joining
and where progress toward achieving your fitness goals (big or small) is supported and applauded by our staff and fellow members.
Our judgement-free approach to fitness and exceptional value proposition have enabled us to grow our revenues to $429.9 million in 2017 and to become an
industry leader with $2.3 billion in system-wide sales during 2017 (which we define as monthly dues and annual fees billed by us and our franchisees), and
approximately 10.6 million members and 1,518 stores in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic and Panama as of
December 31, 2017. System-wide sales for 2017 include $2.2 billion attributable to franchisee-owned stores, from which we generate royalty revenue, and $110.8
million attributable to our corporate-owned stores. Of our 1,518 stores, 1,456 are franchised and 62 are corporate-owned. Our stores are successful in a wide range
of geographies and demographics. According to internal and third-party analysis, we believe we have the opportunity to grow our store count to over 4,000 stores in
the U.S. alone. Under signed area development agreements (“ADAs”) as of December 31, 2017, our franchisees have committed to open more than 1,000
additional stores.
In 2017, our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 41.8% and had average unit volumes (“AUVs”) of approximately $1.9 million with four-wall
EBITDA margins (an assessment of store-level profitability which includes local and national advertising expense) of approximately 46%, or approximately 39%
after applying the current 7% royalty rate, which includes 1.59% royalty as a result of the elimination of certain rebates and commissions that were previously paid
by all stores and deducted as an expense in arriving at four wall EBITDA. We believe this to be comparable to a franchise store under our current franchise
agreement. Based on a historical survey of franchisees, we believe that, on average, our franchise stores achieve four-wall EBITDA margins in line with these
corporate-owned store EBITDA margins. Our strong member value proposition has also driven growth throughout a variety of economic cycles and conditions. For
a reconciliation of segment EBITDA margin to four-wall EBITDA margin for corporate-owned stores, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial Condition.”
Our significant growth is reflected in:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1,518 stores as of December 31, 2017, compared to 749 as of December 31, 2013, reflecting a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 19.3%;
10.6 million members as of December 31, 2017, compared to 4.8 million as of December 31, 2013, reflecting a CAGR of 21.9%;
2017 system-wide sales of $2.3 billion, reflecting a CAGR of 38.0%, or increase of $1.7 billion, since 2013
2017 total revenue of $429.9 million, reflecting a CAGR of 19.5%, or increase of $218.9 million, since 2013, of which 1.2% is attributable to revenues
from corporate-owned stores acquired from franchisees since January 1, 2013;
44 consecutive quarters of system-wide same store sales growth (which we define as year-over-year growth solely of monthly dues from stores that have
been open and for which membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months);
2017 net income of $55.6 million, which includes a negative net impact of $17.2 million related to the remeasurement of the Company’s deferred tax assets
and tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to H.R. 1, originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“2017 Tax Act”) , reflecting a CAGR of 21.2%,
or increase of $29.8 million, since 2013. Our historical results, prior to our initial public offering, benefit from insignificant income taxes due to our status
as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we anticipate future results will not be comparable to periods prior to our IPO as our
income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. is now subject to U.S. federal and state taxes;
2017 Adjusted EBITDA of $184.7 million, reflecting a CAGR of 27.0%, or increase of $113.6 million, since 2013; and
2017 Adjusted net income of $82.3 million compared to $67.6 million in 2016, an increase of 21.8%.
3
For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income to net income, see
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” For a discussion of same store sales, see “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How we assess the performance of our business.”
Planet Fitness – Home of the Judgement Free Zone
We believe our approach to fitness is revolutionizing the industry by bringing fitness to a large, previously underserved segment of the population. Our
differentiated member experience is driven by three key elements:
•
•
Welcoming, non-intimidating environment : We believe every member should feel accepted and respected when they walk into a Planet Fitness. Our stores
provide a Judgement Free Zone where members of all fitness levels can enjoy a non-intimidating environment. Our “come as you are” approach has fostered
a strong sense of community among our members, allowing them not only to feel comfortable as they work toward their fitness goals but also to encourage
others to do the same. By outfitting our gyms with more cardiovascular and light strength equipment, and not offering heavy free weights, we reinforce our
Judgement Free Zone philosophy by discouraging what we call “Lunk” behavior, such as dropping weights and grunting, that can be intimidating to new
and occasional gym users. In addition, to help maintain our welcoming, judgement-free environment, each store has a purple and yellow branded “Lunk”
alarm on the wall that staff occasionally rings as a light-hearted reminder of our policies.
Distinct store experience : Our bright, clean, large-format stores offer our members a selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded
cardio, circuit- and weight-training equipment that is commonly used by first-time and occasional gym users. Because our stores are typically 20,000 square
feet and we do not offer non-essential amenities such as group exercise classes, pools, day care centers and juice bars, we have more space for the
equipment our members do use, and we have not needed to impose time limits on our cardio machines.
4
•
Exceptional value for members : Both our standard and PF Black Card memberships are priced significantly below the industry median of $60 per month
and still provide our members with a high-quality fitness experie nce. In the U.S., for only $10 per month, our standard membership includes unlimited
access to one Planet Fitness location and unlimited free fitness instruction to all members in small groups through our PE@PF program. And, for
approximately $21.99 per mo nth, our PF Black Card members have access to all of our stores system-wide and can bring a guest on each visit, which
provides an additional opportunity to attract new members. Our PF Black Card members also have access to exclusive areas in our stores th at provide
amenities such as water massage beds, massage chairs, tanning equipment and more .
Our differentiated approach to fitness has allowed us to create an attractive franchise model that is both profitable and scalable. We recognize that our success
depends on a shared passion with our franchisees for providing a distinctive store experience based on a judgement-free environment and an exceptional value for
our members. We enhance the attractiveness of our streamlined, easy-to-operate franchise model by providing franchisees with extensive operational support
relating to site selection and development, marketing and training. We also take a highly collaborative, teamwork approach to our relationship with franchisees, as
captured by our motto “One Team, One Planet.” The strength of our brand and the attractiveness of our franchise model are evidenced by the fact that over 90% of
our new stores in 2017 were opened by our existing franchisee base.
Our competitive strengths
We attribute our success to the following strengths:
•
•
•
Market leader with differentiated member experience, nationally recognized brand and scale advantage . We believe we are the largest operator of fitness
centers in the U.S. by number of members, with approximately 10.6 million members as of December 31, 2017. Our franchisee-owned and corporate-owned
stores generated $2.3 billion in system-wide sales during 2017. Through our differentiated member experience, nationally recognized brand and scale
advantage, we will continue to deliver a compelling value proposition to our members and our franchisees and, we believe, grow our store and total
membership base.
•
•
•
Differentiated member experience . We seek to provide our members with a high-quality fitness experience in a non-intimidating, judgement-free
environment at an exceptional value. We have a dedicated Brand Excellence team that seeks to ensure that all our franchise stores uphold our brand
standards and deliver a consistent Planet Fitness member experience in every store.
Nationally recognized brand . We have developed a highly relatable and recognizable brand that emphasizes our focus on providing our members with
a judgement-free environment. We do so through fun and memorable marketing campaigns and in-store signage that highlights the judgement people
face in their everyday lives and how at Planet Fitness, they can be free to be themselves. As a result, we have among the highest aided and unaided
brand awareness scores in the U.S. fitness industry, according to our Brand Health research, a third-party consumer study that we have executed bi-
annually. Our brand strength also helps our franchisees attract members, with new stores in 2017 signing up an average of more than 1,200 members
even before opening their doors.
Scale advantage . Our scale provides several competitive advantages, including enhanced purchasing power with our fitness equipment and other
suppliers and the ability to attract high-quality franchisee partners. In addition, we estimate that our large U.S. national advertising fund, funded by
franchisees and us, together with our requirement that franchisees generally spend 7% of their monthly membership dues on local advertising, have
enabled us and our franchisees to spend over $475 million since 2011 on marketing to drive consumer brand awareness and preference.
Exceptional value proposition that appeals to a broad member demographic . We offer a high-quality and consistent fitness experience throughout our
entire store base at low monthly membership dues. Combined with our non-intimidating and welcoming environment, we are able to attract a broad member
demographic based on age, household income, gender and ethnicity. Our member base is over 50% female and our members come from both high- and low-
income households. Our broad appeal and ability to attract occasional and first-time gym users enable us to continue to target a large segment of the
population in a variety of markets and geographies across North America, including Puerto Rico, the Dominican Republic, and Panama.
Strong store-level economics . Our store model is designed to generate attractive four-wall EBITDA margins, strong free cash flow and high returns on
invested capital for both our corporate-owned and franchise stores. Average four-wall EBITDA margins for our corporate-owned stores have increased
significantly since 2013, driven by higher average members per store as well as a higher percentage of PF Black Card members, which leverage our
relatively fixed costs. In 2017, our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 41.8% and had AUVs of approximately $1.9 million with four-
wall EBITDA margins of approximately 46%, or approximately 39% after applying the current 7% royalty rate, which includes 1.59% royalty as a result of
the elimination of certain rebates and commissions that were previously paid by all stores and deducted as an expense in arriving at four-wall EBITDA. We
believe this to be comparable to a franchise store under our current franchise agreement. Based on a historical survey of franchisees, we believe that our
franchise stores achieve four-wall EBITDA margins in line with these corporate-owned store EBITDA margins. We believe that our strong store-level
economics are important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our store base.
5
•
•
•
Highly attractive franchise system built for growth . Our easy-to-operate model, strong store-level economics and brand strength have enabled us to attract
a team of professional, successful franchisees from a variety of indust ries. We believe that our franchise model enables us to scale more rapidly than a
company-owned model. Our streamlined model features relatively fixed labor costs, minimal inventory, automatic billing and limited cash transactions. Our
franchisees enjoy re curring monthly member dues, regardless of member use, weather or other factors. Based on historical survey data and management
estimates, we believe our franchisees can earn, in their second year of operations, on average, a cash-on-cash return on initial investment greater than 25%
after royalties and advertising, which is in line with our corporate-owned stores. The attractiveness of our franchise model is further evidenced by the fact
that our franchisees re-invest their capital with us, with over 90% o f our new stores in 2017 opened by our existing franchisee base, as well as 44
consecutive quarters of same store sales growth, including system-wide same store sales growth of 10.2% in 2017. We view our franchisees as strategic
partners in expanding the P lanet Fitness store base and brand.
Predictable and recurring revenue streams with high cash flow conversion . Our business model provides us with predictable and recurring revenue
streams. In 2017, approximately 90% of both our corporate-owned store and franchise revenues consisted of recurring revenue streams, which include
royalties, vendor commissions, monthly dues and annual fees. In addition, our franchisees are obligated to purchase fitness equipment from us or our
required vendor for their new stores and to replace this equipment every five to seven years. As a result, these “equip” and “re-equip” requirements create a
predictable and growing revenue stream as our franchisees open new stores under their ADAs. By re-investing in stores, we and our franchisees maintain and
enhance our member experience. Our predictable and recurring revenue streams, combined with our attractive margins and minimal capital requirements,
result in high cash flow conversion and increased capacity to invest in future growth initiatives.
Proven, experienced management team driving a strong culture . Our strategic vision and unique culture have been developed and fostered by our senior
management team under the stewardship of Chief Executive Officer, Chris Rondeau. Mr. Rondeau has been with Planet Fitness for approximately 25 years
and helped develop the Planet Fitness business model and brand elements that give us our distinct personality and spirited culture. Dorvin Lively, our
President and Chief Financial Officer, brings valuable expertise from over 35 years of corporate finance experience with companies such as RadioShack and
Ace Hardware, and from the initial public offering of Maidenform Brands. We have assembled a management team that shares our passion for “fitness for
everyone” and has extensive experience across a broad range of disciplines, including retail, franchising, finance, consumer marketing, brand development
and information technology. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and has positioned us well to execute our long-term
growth strategy.
Our growth strategies
We believe there are significant opportunities to grow our brand awareness, increase our revenues and profitability and deliver shareholder value by executing on
the following strategies:
•
•
Continue to grow our store base across a broad range of markets. We have grown our store count over the last five years, expanding from 749 stores as of
December 31, 2013 to 1,518 stores as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, our franchisees have signed ADAs to open more than 1,000
additional stores over the next five years, including approximately 500 over the next three years. Because our stores are successful across a wide range of
geographies and demographics with varying population densities, we believe that our high level of brand awareness and low per capita penetration outside of
our original Northeast market create a significant opportunity to open new Planet Fitness stores. Based on our internal and third-party analysis, we believe
we have the potential to grow our store base to over 4,000 stores in the U.S. alone.
Drive revenue growth and system-wide same store sales . Because we provide a high-quality, affordable, non-intimidating fitness experience that is
designed for first-time and occasional gym users, we have achieved positive system-wide same store sales growth in each of the past 44 quarters. We expect
to continue to grow system-wide same store sales primarily by:
•
•
Attracting new members to existing Planet Fitness stores. As the population in the markets where we operate continue to focus on health and wellness,
we believe we are well-positioned to capture a disproportionate share of these populations given our appeal to first-time and occasional gym users. In
addition, because our stores offer a large, focused selection of equipment geared toward first-time and occasional gym users, we are able to service
higher member volumes without sacrificing the member experience. We have also continued to evolve our offerings to appeal to our target member
base, such as the introduction of our 30-minute express workout area, as well as new functional accessories (e.g., medicine balls, stability balls,
kettlebells, etc.) and fitness programming to accompany our equipment.
Increasing mix of PF Black Card memberships by enhancing value and member experience . We expect to drive sales by continuing to convert our
existing members with standard membership dues at $10 per month to our premium PF Black Card membership with dues at approximately $21.99 per
month as well as attracting new members to join at the PF Black Card level. We encourage this upgrade by continuing to enhance the value of our PF
Black Card benefits through additional in-store amenities, such as hydro-massage beds, and affinity partnerships for discounts and promotions. Since
2013, our PF Black Card members as a percentage of total membership has increased from 38% in 2013 to 60% in 2017, and our average monthly dues
per member have increased from $15.09 to $16.10 over the same period.
6
We may also explore other future revenue opportunities, such as optimizing member pricing and fees, offering new merchandise and services inside and outside our
stores, and securing affinity and other corporate partnerships.
•
•
•
Increase brand awareness to drive growth. We plan to continue to increase our strong brand awareness by leveraging significant marketing expenditures by
our franchisees and us, which we believe will result in increasing membership in new and existing stores and continue to attract high-quality franchisee
partners. Under our current franchise agreement, franchisees are required to contribute 2% of their monthly membership dues to our National Advertising
Fund (“NAF”), from which we spent $33.6 million in 2017 alone to support our national marketing campaigns, our social media platforms and the
development of local advertising materials. Under our current franchise agreement, franchisees are also required to spend 7% of their monthly membership
dues on local advertising. We expect both our NAF and local advertising spending to grow as our membership grows.
Continue to expand royalties from increases in average royalty rate and new franchisees. During 2017, we increased our current royalty rate to 7% and at
the same time, for new franchisees and existing franchisees on our current royalty rate structure, we eliminated certain commissions that were paid to us by
franchisees and rebates that were earned by us through franchisee purchases from third-party vendors. The eliminated commissions and rebates equate to
approximately 1.59% of an average franchisee’s monthly dues and annual fees based on system-wide averages. The current royalty rate of 7% includes this
1.59%. We also offered existing franchisees the opportunity to eliminate such commissions and rebates in exchange for a royalty rate increase of 1.59%. As
of December 31, 2017, approximately 52% of our franchisee owned stores increased their royalty rates and are no longer subject to such commissions and
rebates.
While our current franchise agreement stipulates monthly royalty rates of 7% of monthly dues and annual membership fees, only 5% of our stores are paying
royalties at the current franchise agreement rate, primarily due to lower rates in historical agreements. As new franchisees enter our system and, generally, as
current franchisees open new stores or renew their existing franchise agreements at the current royalty rate, our average system-wide royalty rate will
increase. In 2017, our average royalty rate was 4.25% compared to 2.54% in 2013. In addition to rising average royalty rates, total royalty revenue will
continue to grow as we expand our franchise store base and increase franchise same store sales.
Grow sales from fitness equipment and related services. Our franchisees are contractually obligated to purchase fitness equipment from us, and in
international markets, from our required vendors. Due to our scale and negotiating power, we believe we offer competitive pricing for high-quality, purple
and yellow Planet Fitness-branded fitness equipment. We expect our equipment sales to grow as our U.S. franchisees open new stores and replace used
equipment. In international markets, we earn a commission on the sale of equipment by our required vendors to franchisee-owned stores. Additionally, all
franchisees are required to replace their existing equipment with new equipment every five to seven years. As the number of franchise stores continues to
increase and existing franchise stores continue to mature, we anticipate incremental growth in revenue related to the sale of equipment to U.S. franchisees
and commissions on the sale of equipment to international franchisees. In addition, we believe that regularly refreshing equipment helps our franchise stores
maintain a consistent, high-quality fitness experience and is one of the contributing factors that drives new member growth.
Our industry
Due to our unique positioning to a broader demographic, we believe Planet Fitness has an addressable market that is significantly larger than the traditional health
club industry. We view our addressable market as approximately 255 million people, representing the U.S. population over 14 years of age. We compete broadly
for consumer discretionary spending related to leisure, sports, entertainment and other non-fitness activities in addition to the traditional health club market.
According to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association (“IHRSA”), the U.S. health club industry generated approximately $27.6 billion in
revenue in 2016. The industry is highly fragmented, with 36,130 clubs across the U.S. serving approximately 57.3 million members, according to IHRSA. In 2016,
the U.S. health club industry grew by 1.1% in number of units and 3.0% in number of members compared to Planet Fitness, which grew by 16.8% and 22.3%,
respectively. IHRSA data is not yet available for 2017, but Planet Fitness grew its number of stores by 15.6% and its number of members by 19.9% in 2017. Over
the next five years, industry sources project that U.S. health club industry revenues will grow at an annualized rate of approximately 1.5%, primarily attributed to
an increase in discretionary spending coupled with continued consumer awareness and public initiatives on the health benefits of exercise. We believe we are well-
positioned to capitalize on these trends, and our impressive growth reinforces our distinct approach to fitness and broad demographic appeal.
Our brand philosophy
We are a brand built on passion and the belief that anyone can achieve their personal wellness goals in a non-intimidating, judgement-free environment. We have
become a nationally recognized consumer brand that stands for the environment, value and quality we provide our members.
The Judgement Free Zone . Planet Fitness is the home of the Judgement Free Zone. It is a place where people of all fitness levels can feel comfortable working out
at their own pace, feel supported in their efforts and not feel intimidated by pushy salespeople or other
7
members who may ruin their fitness experience.
All This for Only That . Planet Fitness monthly membership dues typically range from only $10 to $21.99 in the U.S. We pride ourselves on providing a high-
quality experience at an exceptional value, not an “economy” fitness experience.
The World Judges. We Don’t. Our philosophy is simple: Planet Fitness is an environment where members can relax, go at their own pace and be themselves
without ever having to worry about being judged. Behaviors such as grunting, dropping weights or judging others are not allowed in our stores.
No Lunks . Lunks are people who intimidate others at the gym. To help maintain our judgement-free environment, each store has a purple and yellow branded
“Lunk” alarm on the wall that our staff occasionally rings as a light-hearted, gentle reminder of our policies.
You Belong . We do a lot of little things to make members feel like part of our community—like saying hello and goodbye to everyone who enters our stores,
providing Tootsie Rolls at the front desk so that our staff has another opportunity to engage with members, and other membership appreciation gestures such as
monthly Pizza Mondays and Bagel Tuesdays at no cost to our members.
Planet of Triumphs . All of our members are working toward their goals—from a single push-up to making it to Planet Fitness twice in a week to losing hundreds
of pounds. No matter what size the goal, we believe that all of these accomplishments deserve to be celebrated. Planet of Triumphs (www.PlanetofTriumphs.com)
is an elevating, inspiring, 100% Judgement Free social community of real members where all stories are welcome. Planet of Triumphs provides an online platform
for members to recognize their triumphs (big and small), share their stories and encourage others, while spotlighting our unique brand belief that everyone belongs.
Membership
We make it simple for members to join, whether online or in-store—no pushy sales tactics, no pressure and no complicated rate structures. Our corporate store staff
is not paid commissions based on membership sales but rather have the opportunity to earn a monthly bonus based primarily on store cleanliness, and we urge our
franchisees to follow our lead. Our regional managers review our corporate stores multiple times per month for quality control, including generally one visit per
month during which they evaluate store cleanliness based upon internally established criteria from which the monthly bonus is derived. Our members generally pay
the following amounts (or an equivalent amount in the store’s local currency):
•
•
•
monthly membership dues of only $10 for our standard membership or, approximately $21.99 for PF Black Card members;
current standard annual fees of approximately $39; and
enrollment fees of approximately $0 to $59.
Belonging to a Planet Fitness store has perks whether members select the standard membership or the premium PF Black Card membership. Every member gets to
take part in Pizza Mondays and Bagel Tuesdays and gets free, unlimited fitness instruction included in their monthly membership fee. Our PF Black Card members
also have the right to reciprocal use of all Planet Fitness stores, can bring a friend with them each time they work out, and have access to massage beds and chairs
and tanning, among other benefits. PF Black Card benefits extend beyond our store as well, with exclusive specials and discount offers from third-party retail
partners. While some of our memberships require a cancellation fee, we offer, and require our franchisees to offer, a non-committal membership option.
As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 10.6 million members. We utilize electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) as our primary method of collecting monthly
dues and annual membership fees. Over 85% of membership fee payments to our corporate-owned and franchise stores are collected via Automated Clearing
House (“ACH”) direct debit. We believe there are certain advantages to receiving a higher concentration of ACH payments, as compared to credit cards payments,
including less frequent expiration of billing information and reduced exposure to subjective chargeback or dispute claims and fees. Due to our scale and negotiating
power, we believe that our third party payment processors offer a competitive bundle of transaction pricing and support services to our franchisees while
facilitating revenue collection by us.
Our stores
We had 1,518 stores system-wide as of December 31, 2017, of which 1,456 were franchised and 62 were corporate-owned, located in 50 states, the District of
Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic and Panama. The map below shows our franchisee-owned stores by location, and the accompanying table
shows our corporate-owned stores by location. Under signed ADAs, as of December 31, 2017, franchisees have committed to open more than 1,000 additional
stores.
8
Franchisee-owned store count by location
Our format
Many traditional gyms include expensive add-ons such as pools, group exercise rooms, daycare facilities and juice bars that require additional maintenance expense
and staffing. We have removed these unnecessary and expense-adding facilities and services and replaced them with additional cardio and strength equipment,
which we believe allows us to serve more members without imposing time limits on equipment use. We believe our streamlined offerings appeal to the core needs
of most gym users, especially first-time or occasional gym users.
Our stores are designed and outfitted to match our brand philosophy, with bright, bold purple and yellow color schemes and purple and yellow Planet Fitness-
branded equipment and amenities. Our typical store is 20,000 square feet in single or multi-level retail space. Our stores generally include at least 75 to 100 pieces
of co-branded cardio equipment, free weights, strength machines, a 30-minute circuit workout area, a small retail area and a drink cooler. For our PF Black Card
members, our stores also generally feature a PF Black Card spa area with total body enhancement machines, massage beds or chairs and tanning.
Store model
Our store model is designed to generate attractive four-wall EBITDA margins, strong free cash flow and high returns on invested capital for both our corporate-
owned and franchise stores. Based on a historical survey of franchisees and management estimates, we believe that our franchise stores achieve store-level
profitability in line with our corporate-owned store base. The stores included in this survey represent those stores that voluntarily disclosed such information in
response to our request, and we believe this information reflects a representative sample of franchisees based on the franchisee groups and geographic areas
represented by these stores. Our average four-wall EBITDA margins for our corporate-owned stores have increased significantly since 2012, driven by higher
average members per store as well as a higher percentage of PF Black Card members, which leverages our fixed costs. In 2017, our corporate-owned stores had
segment EBITDA margin of 41.8% and had AUVs of approximately $1.9 million with four-wall EBITDA margins of approximately 46%, or approximately 39%
after applying the current 7% royalty rate, which includes 1.59% royalty as a result of the elimination of certain rebates and commissions that were previously paid
by all stores and deducted as an expense in arriving at four wall EBITDA. We believe this to be comparable to a franchise store, under our current franchise
agreement. Based on survey data and management analysis, franchisees have historically earned, and we believe can continue to earn, in their second year of
operations, on average, a cash-on-cash return on unlevered (i.e., not debt-financed) initial investment greater than 25% after royalties and advertising, which is in
line with our corporate-owned stores. A franchisee’s initial investment includes fitness equipment purchased from us (or from our required vendors in the case of
our franchisees in international markets) as well as costs for non-fitness equipment and leasehold
9
improvements. The attract iveness of our franchise model is further evidenced by the fact that over 90% of our new stores in 2017 were opened by our existing
franchisee base. We believe that our strong store-level economics are important to our ability to attract and retain success ful franchisees and grow our store base.
Fitness equipment
We provide our members with high-quality, Planet Fitness-branded fitness equipment from leading suppliers. In order to maintain a consistent experience across
our store base, we stipulate specific pieces and quantities of cardio and strength-training equipment and provide general guidelines for layout and placement. Due to
our scale, we are able to negotiate competitive pricing and secure extended warranties from our suppliers. As a result, we believe we offer equipment at more
attractive pricing than franchisees could otherwise secure on their own.
Leases
We lease all of our corporate-owned stores and our corporate headquarters. Our store leases typically have initial terms of 10 years with two five-year renewal
options, exercisable in our discretion. On October 18, 2016, we executed a lease for our new corporate headquarters at 4 Liberty Lane West, Hampton, New
Hampshire, for an initial term of 15 years with one five-year renewal option, exercisable at our discretion. Our corporate headquarters serves as our base of
operations for substantially all of our executive management and employees who provide our primary corporate support functions, including finance, legal,
marketing, technology, real estate, development and human resources.
Franchisees own or directly lease from a third-party each Planet Fitness franchise location. We do not own or enter into leases for Planet Fitness franchise stores
and generally do not guarantee franchisees’ lease agreements, although we have done so in a few isolated instances.
Franchising
Franchising strategy
We rely heavily on our franchising strategy to develop new Planet Fitness stores, leveraging the ownership of entrepreneurs with specific local market expertise. As
of December 31, 2017, there were 1,456 franchised Planet Fitness stores operated by approximately 170 franchisee groups. The majority of our existing franchise
operators are multi-unit operators. As of December 31, 2017, 95% of all franchise stores were owned and operated by a franchisee group that owns at least three
stores. However, while our largest franchisee owns 83 stores, only 20% of our franchisee groups own more than ten stores. When considering a potential
franchisee, we generally evaluate the potential franchisee’s prior experience in franchising or other multi-unit businesses, history in managing profit and loss
operations, financial history and available capital and financing. We generally do not permit franchisees to borrow more than 80% of the initial investment for their
Planet Fitness business.
Area development agreements
An ADA specifies the number of Planet Fitness stores to be developed by the franchisee in a designated geographic area, and requires the franchisee to meet certain
scheduled deadlines for the development and opening of each Planet Fitness store authorized by the ADA. If the franchisee meets those obligations and otherwise
complies with the terms of the ADA, we agree not to, during the term of the ADA, operate or franchise new Planet Fitness stores in the designated geographic area.
The franchisee must sign a separate franchise agreement with us for each Planet Fitness store developed under an ADA and that franchise agreement governs the
franchisee’s right to own and operate the Planet Fitness store.
Franchise agreements
For each franchised Planet Fitness store, we enter into a franchise agreement covering standard terms and conditions. Planet Fitness franchisees are not granted an
exclusive area or territory under the franchise agreement. The franchise agreement requires that the franchisee operate the Planet Fitness store at a specific location
and in compliance with our standard methods of operation, including providing the services, using the vendors and selling the merchandise that we require (or our
required vendors in the case of our franchisees located in international markets). The typical franchise agreement has a 10-year term. Additionally, franchisees must
purchase equipment from us and replace the fitness equipment in their stores every five to seven years and periodically refurbish and remodel their stores.
We currently require each franchisee to designate a responsible owner and an approved operator for each Planet Fitness store that will have primary management
authority for that store. We require these franchisees to complete our initial and ongoing training programs, including minimum periods of classroom and on-the-
job training.
10
Site selection and approval
Our stores are generally located in free-standing retail buildings or neighborhood shopping centers, and we consider locations in both high- and low-density
markets. We seek out locations with (i) high visibility and accessibility, (ii) favorable traffic counts and patterns, (iii) availability of signage, (iv) ample parking or
access to public transportation and (v) our targeted demographics. Our site analytics tools provide us with extensive demographic data and analysis that we use to
review new and existing sites and markets for our corporate-owned stores and franchisees. We assess population density and drive time, current tenant mix, layout,
potential competition and impact on existing Planet Fitness stores and comparative data based upon existing stores—all the way down to optimal ceiling heights
and HVAC requirements. Our real estate team meets regularly to review sites for future development and follows a detailed review process to ensure each site
aligns with our strategic growth objectives and critical success factors.
We help franchisees select sites and develop facilities in these stores that conform to the physical specifications for a Planet Fitness store. As part of our process to
support our franchisees growth in local markets under their ADAs, we also assist them in finding real estate locations for new stores. One way we do this is by
having regional real estate professionals work directly with franchisees and their real estate brokers, landlords and developers. Each franchisee is responsible for
selecting a site, but must obtain site approval from us. We primarily learn of new sites in two ways. First, we have a formal site-approval submission process for
landlords and franchisees. Each site submitted to us is reviewed by a subcommittee of our real estate team for brand qualifications. Second, we proactively review
real estate portfolios for appropriate sites that we may consider for corporate-owned stores or franchisee development, depending upon location.
We are also involved in real estate organizations such as the International Council of Shopping Centers (ICSC), a trade organization for the international shopping
center industry. Our membership in ICSC allows us to gather data, meet prospective landlords and further enhance our reputation as a desired tenant for shopping
centers.
Design and construction
Once we have approved a franchisee’s site selection, we assist in the design and layout of the store and track the franchisee’s progress from lease signing to grand
opening. Franchisees work directly with our franchise support team to track key milestones, coordinate with vendors and make equipment purchases. Certain Planet
Fitness brand elements are required to be incorporated into every new store, and we strive for a consistent appearance across all of our stores, emphasizing clean,
attractive facilities, including full-size locker rooms, and modern equipment. Franchisees must abide by our standards related to fixtures, finishes and design
elements, including distinctive touches such as our “Lunk” alarm. We believe these elements are critical to ensure brand consistency and member experience
system-wide.
In 2017 and 2016, based on a sample of U.S. franchisee data, we believe construction of franchise stores averaged approximately 14 weeks. We sampled
construction costs to build new stores from across a wide range of U.S. geographies, 49 and 50 new stores, in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Based upon these
samples, franchisees’ unlevered (i.e., not debt-financed) investment to open a new store ranged from approximately $1.5 million to $3.2 million and $1.2 million to
$3.3 million, based upon our samples in 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts include fitness equipment purchased from us as well as costs for non-fitness
equipment and leasehold improvements and is based in part upon data we received from four general contractors that oversaw the construction of the stores in the
sample set. Additionally, these amounts include an estimate of other costs that are typically paid by the franchisee and not managed by the general contractor.
These amounts can vary significantly depending on a number of factors, including landlord allowances for tenant improvements and construction costs from
different geographies and does not necessarily represent the total construction costs on a cash basis.
Franchisee support
We live and breathe the motto One Team, One Planet in our daily interactions with franchisees. Our franchise model is streamlined and easy-to-operate, with
efficient staffing and minimal inventory, and is supported by an active, engaged franchise operations system. We provide our franchisees with operational support,
marketing materials and training resources. Our strong and long-lasting partnership with our franchisees is reflected in the fact that over 90% of our new stores in
2017 were opened by our existing franchisee base.
Training . We continue to update and expand, Planet Fitness University, a comprehensive training resource to help franchisees operate successful stores. Courses
are delivered online, and content focuses on customer service, operational policies, brand standards, cleanliness, security awareness, crisis management and vendor
product information. The core online curriculum is offered in both English and Spanish to support our Spanish-speaking team members. We regularly add and
improve the content available on Planet Fitness University as a no-cost service to help enhance training programs for franchisees. Additional training opportunities
offered to our franchisees include new owner orientation, operations training and workshops held at Planet Fitness headquarters, in stores and through regularly
held webinars.
Operational support and communication . We believe spending quality time with our franchisees in person is an important opportunity to further strengthen our
relationships and share best practices. We have dedicated operations and marketing teams providing ongoing support to franchisees. We are hands on—we often
attend franchisees’ presales and grand openings, and we host franchisee meetings each year, known as “PF Huddles.” We also communicate regularly with our
entire franchisee base to keep them informed, and we host a franchise conference approximately every 18 months that is geared towards franchisees and their
operations teams.
11
We regularly communicate with the franchisee advisory groups described below and send a weekly email communication to all franchisees with timely “news you
can use” information related to operations, marketing, finan cing and equipment. Every month, a franchisee newsletter is sent to all franchisees, which includes a
personal letter from our Chief Executive Officer, important updates on the business and benchmarking reports.
Franchisee relations . Because our ability to execute our strategy is dependent upon the strength of our relationships with our franchisees, we maintain an ongoing
dialogue and strong relationship with two franchise advisory groups, the Franchise Advisory Council (“FAC”) and the Planet Fitness Independent Franchise
Association (“PFIFA”). The FAC includes seven franchisees elected by the franchisee base and numerous committees consisting of approximately 40 franchisees.
The FAC and its committees provide feedback and input on major brand initiatives, new product and service introductions, technology initiatives, marketing
programs and advertising campaigns. FAC leaders have regular dialogue with our executive team and work closely with us to advise on major initiatives impacting
the brand. Our strong culture of working together is the driving force behind all we do, and we refer to our franchisees as “raving FANchisees.” In 2014, in
cooperation with us, our franchisees also organized PFIFA. PFIFA assists our franchisees and us in working together to develop brand ideas, streamline legal
agreements and provide advice on related topics to franchisees on issues such as succession and estate planning.
Compliance with brand standards—Franchise Business Coach
We have a dedicated field support team of franchise business coaches focused on ensuring that our franchise stores adhere to brand standards and providing
ongoing assistance, training and coaching to all franchisees. We generally perform a site visit and operations review on each franchise store within 30 to 60 days of
opening, and each franchise ownership group is visited at least once per year in multiple locations, for a business review with their franchise business coach
thereafter. In 2017, our team performed more than 1,000 franchise store reviews covering all franchise ownership groups.
We perform store reviews based on a wide range of criteria ranging from cleanliness to brand compliance, layout requirements and operational standards. We
record the results of each visit and automatically send a report to the appropriate franchisee. Results are also available to the franchisee through our systems, which
provide access to regional and international benchmarking data, allowing franchisees to compare overall results among their peers as well as results based upon
each criterion. Stores that do not receive a passing score are automatically flagged for follow-up by our team, are provided with an action plan for the franchisee to
complete and will generally be reevaluated within 30 to 60 days to ensure all identified issues have been addressed. The system also enables franchisees to perform,
track and benchmark self-assessments and online member surveys.
We also use mystery shoppers to perform anonymous reviews of franchise stores. We generally select franchise stores for review randomly but also target
underperforming stores and stores that have not performed well on previous visits from their franchise business coach.
Marketing
Marketing strategy
Our marketing strategy is anchored by our key brand differentiators—the Judgement Free Zone, our exceptional value and our high-quality experience. We are well
known for our memorable and creative advertising, which not only drives membership sales, but also showcases our brand philosophy, humor and innovation in the
industry. We see Planet Fitness as a community gathering place, and the heart of our marketing strategy is to create a welcoming community for our members.
Marketing spending
National advertising . We support our franchisees both at a national and local level. We manage the U.S. NAF and Canadian advertising fund for franchisees and
corporate-owned stores, with the goals of generating national awareness through national advertising and media partnerships, developing and maintaining creative
assets to support local sale periods throughout the year, and building and supporting the Planet Fitness community via digital and social media. Our current U.S.
and Canadian franchise agreement requires franchisees to contribute 2% of their monthly EFT to the NAF and Canadian advertising fund, respectively. Since the
U.S. NAF was founded in September 2011, it has enabled us to spend approximately $141 million to increase national brand awareness, including $33.6 million in
2017. We believe this is a powerful marketing tool as it allows us to increase brand awareness in new and existing markets.
Local marketing . Our current franchise agreement requires franchisees to spend 7% of their monthly EFT on local marketing to support branding efforts and
promotional sale periods throughout the year. In situations where multiple ownership groups exist in a geographic area, we have the ability to require franchisees to
form or join regional marketing cooperatives to maximize the impact of their marketing spending. Our corporate-owned stores contribute to, and participate in,
regional marketing cooperatives with franchisees where practical. All franchise stores are supported by our dedicated franchisee marketing team, which provides
guidance, tracking, measurement and advice on best practices. Franchisees spend their marketing dollars in a variety of ways to promote business at their stores on
a local level. These methods typically include media vehicles that are effective on a local level, including direct mail, outdoor (including billboards), television,
radio and digital advertisements and local partnerships and sponsorships.
12
Media partnerships
Given our scale and marketing resources through our national advertising fund, we have aligned ourselves with high-profile media partners who have helped to
extend the global reach of our brand. For the past three years, we have been the presenting sponsor of “Dick Clark’s New Year’s Rockin’ Eve with Ryan Seacrest.”
This has allowed us to showcase the Planet Fitness brand and our judgement-free philosophy to over a billion people annually at a key time of year when health and
wellness is top of mind for consumers.
Judgement Free Generation
The Judgement Free Generation is Planet Fitness’ philanthropic initiative designed to combat the judgement and bullying faced by today’s youth by creating a
culture of kindness and encouragement. With our Judgement Free Zone principle as a solid foundation, The Judgement Free Generation aims to empower a
generation to grow up contributing to a more judgement free planet— a place where everyone feels accepted and like they belong.
We have partnered with Boys & Girls Clubs of America and STOMP Out Bullying, to make a meaningful impact on the lives of today's youth. Together with our
franchisees, Planet Fitness has donated approximately $3.0 million to support anti-bullying, pro-kindness initiatives.
Competition
In a broad sense, because many of our members are first-time or occasional gym users, we believe we compete with both fitness and non-fitness consumer
discretionary spending alternatives for members’ and prospective members’ time and discretionary resources.
To a great extent, we also compete with other industry participants, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
other fitness centers;
recreational facilities established by non-profit organizations such as YMCAs and by businesses for their employees;
private studios and other boutique fitness offerings;
racquet, tennis and other athletic clubs;
amenity and condominium/apartment clubs;
country clubs;
online personal training and fitness coaching;
the home-use fitness equipment industry;
local tanning salons; and
businesses offering similar services .
The health club industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of competitors vary by region. Some of our competitors have
name recognition in their respective countries or an established presence in local markets, and some are established in markets in which we have existing stores or
intend to locate new stores. These risks are more significant internationally, where we have a limited number of stores and limited brand recognition.
We compete primarily based upon the membership value proposition we are able to offer due to our significant economies of scale, high-quality fitness experience,
judgement-free atmosphere and superior customer service, all at an exceptional value, which we believe differentiates us from our competitors.
Our competition continues to increase as we continue to expand into new markets and add stores in existing markets. See also “Risk Factors—Risks related to our
business and industry—The high level of competition in the health and fitness industry could materially and adversely affect our business.”
Suppliers
Franchisees are required to purchase fitness equipment from us (or our required vendors in the case of franchisees located in international markets) and are required
to purchase various other items from vendors that we approve. We sell equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers to franchise stores in the
U.S. We also have one approved supplier of tanning beds, one approved supplier of massage beds and chairs, and various approved suppliers of non-fitness
equipment and miscellaneous items. These vendors arrange for delivery of products and services directly to franchise stores. From time to time, we re-evaluate our
supply relationships to ensure we obtain competitive pricing and high-quality equip ment and other items.
Employees
As of December 31, 2017, we employed 833 employees at our corporate-owned stores and 213 employees at our corporate headquarters located at 4 Liberty Lane
West, Hampton, New Hampshire. None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe we
13
have an excellent relationship with our employees.
Planet Fitness franchises are independently owned and operated businesses. As such, employees of our franchisees are not employees of the Company.
Information technology and systems
All stores use a computerized, third-party hosted store management system to process new in-store memberships, bill members, update member information,
check-in members, process point of sale transactions as well as track and analyze sales, membership statistics, cross-store utilization, member tenure, amenity
usage, billing performance and demographic profiles by member. Our websites are hosted by third parties, and we also rely on third-party vendors for related
functions such as our system for processing and integrating new online memberships, updating member information and making online payments. We believe these
systems are scalable to support our growth plans.
Our back-office computer systems are comprised of a variety of technologies designed to assist in the management and analysis of our revenues, costs and key
operational metrics as well as support the daily operations of our headquarters. These include third-party hosted systems that support our real estate and
construction processes, a third-party hosted financial system, a third-party hosted data warehouse and business intelligence system to consolidate multiple data
sources for reporting, advanced analysis, and financial analysis and forecasting, a third-party hosted payroll system, on premise telephony systems and a third-party
hosted call center software solution to manage and track member-related requests.
We also provide our franchisees access to a web-based, third-party hosted custom franchise management system to receive informational notices, operational
resources and updates, training materials and other franchisee communications. In 2017 we continued our multi-phased project that we started in 2015 to replace
our existing franchise management system and consolidate several back-office systems, onto a third-party hosted platform to drive greater cross-system integration
and efficiency and provide a scalable platform to support our growth plans. We expect to continue investing resources in 2018 through smaller, focused projects for
our franchise management system to support the changing needs of our business.
We recognize the value of enhancing and extending the uses of information technology in virtually every area of our business. Our information technology strategy
is aligned to support our business strategy and operating plans. We maintain an ongoing comprehensive multi-year program to replace or upgrade key systems,
enhance security and optimize their performance.
Intellectual property
We own many registered trademarks and service marks in the U.S. and in other countries, including “Planet Fitness,” “Judgement Free Zone,” “PE@PF,” “No
Lunks,” “PF Black Card,” “No Gymtimidation,” “You Belong,” “Judgement Free Generation” and various other marks. We believe the Planet Fitness name and the
many distinctive marks associated with it are of significant value and are very important to our business. Accordingly, as a general policy, we pursue registration of
our marks in select international jurisdictions, monitor the use of our marks in the U.S. and internationally and vigorously oppose any unauthorized use of the
marks.
We license the use of our marks to franchisees, third-party vendors and others through franchise agreements, vendor agreements and licensing agreements. These
agreements restrict third parties’ activities with respect to use of the marks and impose brand standards requirements. We require licensees to inform us of any
potential infringement of the marks.
We register some of our copyrighted material and otherwise rely on common law protection of our copyrighted works. Such copyrighted materials are not material
to our business.
We also license some intellectual property from third parties for use in our stores but such licenses are not material to our business.
Government regulation
We and our franchisees are subject to various federal, international, state, provincial and local laws and regulations affecting our business.
We are subject to the FTC Franchise Rule promulgated by the FTC that regulates the offer and sale of franchises in the U.S. and its territories (including Puerto
Rico) and requires us to provide to all prospective franchisees certain mandatory disclosure in a franchise disclosure document (“FDD”). In addition, we are subject
to state franchise sales laws in approximately 14 states that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us to make a franchise filing or obtain franchise
registration prior to our making any offer or sale of a franchise in those states and to provide a FDD to prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws.
We are subject to franchise sales laws in six provinces in Canada that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us to provide a FDD in a prescribed
format to prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws, and that regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship. We are also subject to franchise
relationship laws in over 20 states that regulate many aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship, including renewals and terminations of franchise
agreements, franchise transfers, the applicable law and venue in which franchise disputes must be resolved, discrimination, and franchisees’ right to associate,
among others. In addition, we and our franchisees may also be subject to laws in other foreign countries where we or they do business.
14
We and our franchisees are also subject to the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, similar state laws in certain jurisdictions, and various other U.S.
and international laws governing such matte rs as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions. A significant number of our and our
franchisees’ employees are paid at rates related to the U.S. federal or state minimum wage, and past increases in the U.S. federal and/or state mini mum wage have
increased labor costs, as would future increases.
Our and our franchisees’ operations and properties are subject to extensive U.S. federal and state, as well as international, provincial and local laws and regulations,
including those relating to environmental, building and zoning requirements. Our and our franchisees’ development of properties depends to a significant extent on
the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements.
We and our franchisees are responsible at stores we each operate for compliance with U.S. state laws, Canadian provincial laws and other international local laws
that regulate the relationship between health clubs and their members. Nearly all states and provinces have consumer protection regulations that limit the collection
of monthly membership dues prior to opening, require certain disclosures of pricing information, mandate the maximum length of contracts and “cooling off”
periods for members (after the purchase of a membership), set escrow and bond requirements for health clubs, govern member rights in the event of a member
relocation or disability, provide for specific member rights when a health club closes or relocates, or preclude automatic membership renewals.
We and our franchisees primarily accept payments for our memberships through EFTs from members’ bank accounts, and, therefore, we and our franchisees are
subject to federal, state and international laws legislation and certification requirements, including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act. Some states have passed or
have considered legislation requiring gyms and health clubs to offer a prepaid membership option at all times and/or limit the duration for which gym memberships
can auto-renew through EFT payments, if at all. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our memberships continue on a month-to-month basis after the
completion of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws, regulations, and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive, and variances
and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have such health club statutes
provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable.
Additionally, the collection, maintenance, use, disclosure and disposal of individually identifiable data by our, or our franchisees’, businesses are regulated at the
federal, state and international levels as well as by certain financial industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry, Security Standards Council, the National
Automated Clearing House Association (“NACHA”) and the Canadian Payments Association. Federal, state, international and financial industry groups may also
consider from time to time new privacy and security requirements that may apply to our businesses and may impose further restrictions on our collection,
disclosure and use of individually identifiabl e information that are housed in one or more of our databases.
Many of the states and provinces where we and our franchisees operate stores have health and safety regulations that apply to health clubs and other facilities that
offer indoor tanning services. In addition, U.S. federal healthcare legislation contains a 10% excise tax on indoor tanning services. Under the rule promulgated by
the IRS imposing the tax, a portion of the cost of memberships that include access to our tanning services are subject to the tax.
Our organizational structure
Planet Fitness, Inc. is a holding company, and its principal asset is an equity interest in the membership units (“Holdings Units”) in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (“Pla-Fit
Holdings”).
We are the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings. We operate and control all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, and we hold 100% of the voting
interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. As a result, we consolidate Pla-Fit Holdings’ financial results and report a non-controlling interest related to the Holdings Units not
owned by us. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for more information.
Available information
Our website address is www.planetfitness.com , and our investor relations website is located at http://investor.planetfitness.com . Information on our website is not
incorporated by reference herein. Copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and our Proxy
Statements for our annual meetings of shareholders, and any amendments to those reports, as well as Section 16 reports filed by our insiders, are available free of
charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file the reports with, or furnish the reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“SEC”). Our SEC filings are also available for reading and copying at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.
Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site
( http://www.sec.gov ) containing reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
15
Item 1 A. Ris k Factors.
We could be adversely impacted by various risks and uncertainties. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results, cash
flow and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.
Risks related to our business and industry
Our financial results are affected by the operating and financial results of, and our relationships with, our franchisees.
A substantial portion of our revenues come from royalties, which are generally based on a percentage of monthly membership dues and annual fees at our franchise
stores, other fees and commissions generated from activities associated with our franchisees, and equipment sales to our franchisees. As a result, our financial
results are largely dependent upon the operational and financial results of our franchisees. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 170 franchisee groups
operating 1,456 stores. Negative economic conditions, including inflation, increased unemployment levels and the effect of decreased consumer confidence or
changes in consumer behavior, could materially harm our franchisees’ financial condition, which would cause our royalty and other revenues to decline and
materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition as a result. In addition, if our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements,
these revenues may decrease, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our franchisees could take actions that harm our business.
Our franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their stores in accordance with the operational, safety and health standards set forth in our agreements with
them. However, franchisees are independent third parties, and their actions are outside of our control. In addition, we cannot be certain that our franchisees will
have the business acumen or financial resources necessary to operate successful franchises in their approved locations, and certain state franchise laws may limit
our ability to terminate or modify these franchise agreements. The franchisees own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their stores. As a result, the ultimate
success and quality of any franchise store rests with the franchisee. If franchisees do not successfully operate stores in a manner consistent with required standards
and comply with local laws and regulations, franchise fees and royalties paid to us may be adversely affected, and our brand image and reputation could be harmed,
which in turn could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Moreover, although we believe we generally maintain positive working relationships with our franchisees, disputes with franchisees could damage our brand image
and reputation and our relationships with our franchisees generally.
Our success depends substantially on the value of our brand.
Our success is dependent in large part upon our ability to maintain and enhance the value of our brand, our store members’ connection to our brand and a positive
relationship with our franchisees. Brand value can be severely damaged even by isolated incidents, particularly if the incidents receive considerable negative
publicity or result in litigation. Some of these incidents may relate to our policies, the way we manag e our relationships with our franchisees, our growth strategies,
our development efforts or the ordinary course of our, or our franchisees’, businesses. Other incidents that could be damaging to our brand may arise from events
that are or may be beyond our ability to control, such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
actions taken (or not taken) by one or more franchisees or their employees relating to health, safety, welfare or otherwise;
data security breaches or fraudulent activities associated with our and our franchisees’ electronic payment systems;
litigation and legal claims;
third-party misappropriation, dilution or infringement of our intellectual property;
regulatory, investigative or other actions relating to our and our franchisees’ provision of indoor tanning services; and
illegal activity targeted at us or others.
Consumer demand for our stores and our brand’s value could diminish significantly if any such incidents or other matters erode consumer confidence in us or our
stores, which would likely result in fewer memberships sold or renewed and, ultimately, lower royalty revenue, which in turn could materially and adversely affect
our results of operations and financial condition.
16
If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes new store development by existing and new franchisees, our ability to increase our
revenues and operating profits could be adversely affected.
Our growth strategy relies in large part upon new store development by existing and new franchisees. Our franchisees face many challenges in opening new stores,
including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
availability and cost of financing;
selection and availability of suitable store locations;
competition for store sites;
negotiation of acceptable lease and financing terms;
securing required domestic or foreign governmental permits and approvals;
health and fitness trends in new geographic regions and acceptance of our offerings;
employment, training and retention of qualified personnel;
ability to open new stores during the timeframes we and our franchisees expect; and
general economic and business conditions.
In particular, because the majority of our new store development is funded by franchisee investment, our growth strategy is dependent on our franchisees’ (or
prospective franchisees’) ability to access funds to finance such development. If our franchisees (or prospective franchisees) are not able to obtain financing at
commercially reasonable rates, or at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the development of new stores, and our future growth could be adversely
affected.
Our growth strategy also relies on our ability to identify, recruit and enter into agreements with a sufficient number of franchisees. In addition, our ability and the
ability of our franchisees to successfully open and operate new stores in new or existing markets may be adversely affected by a lack of awareness or acceptance of
our brand as well as a lack of existing marketing efforts and operational execution in these new markets. To the extent that we are unable to implement effective
marketing and promotional programs and foster recognition and affinity for our brand in new domestic and international markets, our and our franchisees’ new
stores may not perform as expected and our growth may be significantly delayed or impaired. In addition, franchisees of new stores may have difficulty securing
adequate financing, particularly in new markets, where there may be a lack of adequate history and brand familiarity. New stores may not be successful or our
average store membership sales may not increase at historical rates, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
To the extent our franchisees are unable to open new stores as we anticipate, we will not realize the revenue growth that we hope or expect. Our failure to add a
significant number of new stores would adversely affect our ability to increase our revenues and operating income and could materially and adversely affect our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our profitability and international growth prospects.
the Dominican Republic and Panama.
We currently have stores operating in certain other countries around the world,
Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent to operating in foreign countries, and any expansion of our international operations will
increase the impact of these risks. These risks include, among others:
including Canada,
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
inadequate brand infrastructure within foreign countries to support our international activities;
inconsistent regulation or sudden policy changes by foreign agencies or governments;
the collection of royalties from foreign franchisees;
difficulty of enforcing contractual obligations of foreign franchisees;
increased costs in maintaining international franchise and marketing efforts;
problems entering international markets with different cultural bases and consumer preferences;
political and economic instability of foreign markets;
compliance with laws and regulations applicable to international operations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and regulations promulgated by
the Office of Foreign Asset Control;
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and
operating in new, developing or other markets in which there are significant uncertainties regarding the interpretation, application and enforceability of
laws and regulations relating to contract and intellectual property rights.
As a result, those new stores may be less successful than stores in our existing markets. Further, effectively managing growth can be challenging, particularly as
we continue to expand into new international markets where we must balance the need for flexibility and a degree of autonomy for local management against the
need for consistency with our mission and standards.
17
Our planned growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.
Over the past several years, we have experienced growth in our business activities and operations, including a significant increase in the number of system-wide
stores. Our past expansion has placed, and our planned future expansion may place, significant demands on our administrative, operational, financial and other
resources. Any failure to manage growth effectively could seriously harm our business. To be successful, we will need to continue to implement management
information systems and improve our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls. We will also need to train new employees and
maintain close coordination among our executive, accounting, finance, legal, human resources, risk management, marketing, technology, sales and operations
functions. These processes are time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention, and we may not realize a
return on our investment in these processes. In addition, we believe the culture we foster at our and our franchisees’ stores is an important contributor to our
success. However, as we expand we may have difficulty maintaining our culture or adapting it sufficiently to meet the needs of our operations. These risks may be
heightened as our growth accelerates. In 2017, our franchisees opened 206 stores, compared to 195 stores in 2016, 206 stores in 2015, and 169 stores in 2014. Our
failure to successfully execute on our planned expansion of stores could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
The high level of competition in the health and fitness industry could materially and adversely affect our business.
We compete with the following industry participants: other heal th and fitness clubs; physical fitness and recreational facilities established by non-profit
organizations and businesses for their employees; private studios and other boutique fitness offerings; racquet, tennis and other athletic clubs; amenity and
condominium/apartment clubs; country clubs; online personal training and fitness coaching; the home-use fitness equipment industry; local tanning salons;
businesses offering similar services; and other businesses that rely on consumer discretionary spending. We may not be able to compete effectively in the markets
in which we operate. Competitors may attempt to copy our business model, or portions thereof, which could erode our market share and brand recognition and
impair our growth rate and profitability. Competitors, including companies that are larger and have greater resources than us, may compete with us to attract
members in our markets. Non-profit organizations in our markets may be able to obtain land and construct stores at a lower cost and collect membership dues and
fees without paying taxes, thereby allowing them to charge lower prices. Luxury fitness companies may attempt to enter our market by lowering prices or creating
lower price brand alternatives. Furthermore, due to the increased number of low-cost health and fitness club alternatives, we may face increased competition if we
increase our price or if discretionary spending declines. This competition may limit our ability to attract and retain existing members and our ability to attract new
members, which in each case could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in the industry could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our
business.
Changes in the industry affecting gym memberships and payment for gym memberships may place significant demands on our administrative, operational,
financial and other resources or require us to obtain different or additional resources. Any failure to manage such changes effectively could seriously harm our
business. To be successful, we will need to continue to implement management information systems and improve our operating, administrative, financial and
accounting systems and controls in order to adapt quickly to such changes. These changes may be time-consuming and expensive, increase management
responsibilities and divert management attention, and we may not realize a return on our investment in these changes.
We and our franchisees rely heavily on information systems, and any material failure, interruption or weakness may prevent us from effectively operating our
business and damage our reputation.
We and our franchisees increasingly rely on information systems, including point-of-sale processing systems in our stores and other information systems managed
by third parties, to interact with our franchisees and members and collect, maintain and store member information, billing information and other personally
identifiable information, including for the operation of stores, collection of cash, legal and regulatory compliance, management of our supply chain, accounting,
staffing, payment of obligations, ACH transactions, credit and debit card transactions and other processes and procedures. Furthermore, in 2015, we migrated our
point-of-sale system from a proprietary, third-party hosted system to a commercially available, third-party hosted system. Although the migration is complete, in
the future there may be unforeseen issues, bugs, data inconsistencies, outages, changes in business processes, and other interruptions that could impact our
business. In 2017, we also engaged a new third-party point-of-sale provider partner for stores in the Dominican Republic and Panama, as well as our upcoming
store in Mexico. If we need to move to different third-party systems, our operations, including EFT drafting, could be interrupted. Our ability to efficiently and
effectively manage our franchisee and corporate-owned stores depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems, and any potential failure of
these third parties to provide quality uninterrupted service is beyond our control.
Our and our franchisees’ operations depend upon our ability, and the ability of our franchisees and third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service
providers), to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic
events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, viruses, denial-of-service attacks and other disruptions. The failure of these systems to operate
effectively, stemming from maintenance problems, upgrading or transitioning to new platforms, expanding our systems as we grow, a breach in security or other
unanticipated problems
18
could result in interruptions to or delays in our business and member service and reduce efficiency in our operations. In addition, the implementation of technology
changes and upgrades to maintai n current and integrate new systems may also cause service interruptions, operational delays due to the learning curve associated
with using a new system, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with ap plicable laws. If our information
systems, or those of our franchisees and third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), fail and our or our partners’ third-party back-
up or disaster recovery plans are not adequate to addr ess such failures, our revenues and profits could be reduced and the reputation of our brand and our business
could be materially adversely affected.
If we fail to properly maintain the confidentiality and integrity of our data, including member credit card, debit card and bank account information, our
reputation and business could be materially and adversely affected.
In the ordinary course of business, we and our franchisees collect, transmit and store member and employee data, including credit and debit card numbers, bank
account information, driver’s license numbers, dates of birth and other highly sensitive personally identifiable information, in information systems that we maintain
and in those maintained by franchisees and third parties with whom we contract to provide services. Some of this data is sensitive and could be an attractive target
of a criminal attack by malicious third parties with a wide range of motives and expertise, including lone wolves, organized criminal groups, “hacktivists,”
disgruntled current or former employees, and others. The integrity and protection of member and employee data is critical to us.
Despite the security measures we have in place to comply with applicable laws and rules, our facilities and systems, and those of our franchisees and third-party
service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of cyber terrorism or sabotage, vandalism or theft,
computer viruses, loss or corruption of data, programming or human errors or other similar events. Furthermore, the size and complexity of our information
systems, and those of our franchisees and our third-party vendors (as well as their third-party service providers), make such systems potentially vulnerable to
security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, franchisees or vendors, or from attacks by malicious third parties. Because such attacks
are increasing in sophistication and change frequently in nature, we, our franchisees and our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate these attacks
or implement adequate preventative measures, and any compromise of our systems, or those of our franchisees and third-party vendors (as well as their third-party
service providers), may not be discovered and remediated promptly. Changes in consumer behavior following a security breach, act of cyber terrorism or sabotage,
vandalism or theft, computer viruses, loss or corruption of data or programming or human error or other similar event affecting a competitor, large retailer or
financial institution may materially and adversely affect our business.
Additionally, the collection, maintenance, use, disclosure and disposal of personally identifiable information by our, or our franchisees’, businesses are regulated at
the federal, state and international levels as well as by certain industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council, NACHA, Canadian
Payments Association and individual credit card issuers. Federal, state, international and industry groups may also consider and implement from time to time new
privacy and security requirements that apply to our businesses. Compliance with evolving privacy and security laws, requirements and regulations may result in
cost increases due to necessary systems changes, new limitations or constraints on our business models and the development of new administrative processes. They
also may impose further restrictions on our collection, disclosure and use of personally identifiable information that are housed in one or more of our franchisees’
databases or those of our third-party service providers. Noncompliance with privacy laws or industry group requirements or a security breach involving the
misappropriation, loss or other un authorized disclosure of personal, sensitive or confidential information, whether by us or by one of our franchisees or vendors,
could have material adverse effects on our and our franchisees’ business, operations, brand, reputation and financial condition, including decreased revenue,
material fines and penalties, litigation, increased financial processing fees, compensatory, statutory, punitive or other damages, adverse actions against our licenses
to do business and injunctive relief by court or consent order. We maintain and we require our franchisees to maintain cyber risk insurance, but in the event of a
significant data security breach, this insurance may not cover all of the losses that we would be likely to suffer.
Changes in legislation or requirements related to electronic fund transfer, or our failure to comply with existing or future regulations, may adversely impact
our business.
We primarily accept payments for our memberships through electronic fund transfers from members’ bank accounts and, therefore, we are subject to federal, state
and international legislation and certification requirements governing EFT, including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act. Some states have passed or have
considered legislation requiring gyms and health clubs to offer a prepaid membership option at all times and/or limit the duration for which gym memberships can
auto-renew through EFT payments, if at all. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our memberships continue on a month-to-month basis after the completion
of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws and regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive. In addition, variances
and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have such health club statutes
provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable. Our failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements may
subject us to fines, higher transaction fees, penalties, damages and civil liability and may result in the loss of our ability to accept EFT payments, which would have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any such costs, which may arise in the future as a result of
changes to the legislation and regulations or in their interpretation, could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practice, which
may make our business model less attractive to our franchisees and our and their members.
19
We are subject to a number of risks related to ACH, credit card and debit card payments we accept.
We and our franchisees accept payments through ACH, credit card and debit card transactions. For ACH, credit card and debit card payments, we and our
franchisees pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees would require us to either increase the prices we charge for our
memberships, which could cause us to lose members or suffer an increase in our operating expenses, either of which could harm our operating results.
If we or any of our processing vendors have problems with our billing software, or the billing software malfunctions, it could have an adverse effect on our member
satisfaction and could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if our billing
software fails to work properly and, as a result, we and our franchisees do not automatically charge our members’ credit cards, debit cards or bank accounts on a
timely basis or at all, we could lose membership revenue and associated royalty revenue, which would harm our operating results.
If we fail to adequately control fraudulent ACH, credit card and debit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security
measures and significantly higher ACH, credit card and debit card related costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations. The termination of our ability to process payments through ACH transactions or on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our
ability to operate our business.
Our and our franchisees’ stores may be unable to attract and retain members, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
Our target market is average people seeking regular exercise and people who are new to fitness. The success of our business depends on our and our franchisees’
ability to attract and retain members. Our and our franchisees’ marketing efforts may not be successful in attracting members to stores, and membership levels may
materially decline over time, especially at stores in operation for an extended period of time. Members may cancel their memberships at any time after giving
proper advance written notice, subject to an initial minimum term applicable to certain memberships. We may also cancel or suspend memberships if a member
fails to provide payment for an extended period of time. In addition, we experience attrition and must continually engage existing members and attract new
members in order to maintain membership levels. A portion of our member base does not regularly use our stores and may be more likely to cancel their
membership. Some of the factors that could lead to a decline in membership levels include changing desires and behaviors of consumers or their perception of our
brand, changes in discretionary spending trends and general economic conditions, market maturity or saturation, a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at
a competitive price, an increase in monthly membership dues due to inflation, direct and indirect competition in our industry, and a decline in the public’s interest
in health and fitness, among other factors. In order to increase membership levels, we may from time to time offer promotions or lower monthly dues or annual
fees. If we and our franchisees are not successful in optimizing price or in adding new memberships in new and existing stores, growth in monthly membership
dues or annual fees may suffer. Any decrease in our average dues or fees or higher membership costs may adversely impact our results of operations and financial
condition.
If we and our franchisees are unable to identify and secure suitable sites for new franchise stores, our revenue growth rate and profits may be negatively
impacted.
To successfully expand our business, we and our franchisees must identify and secure sites for new franchise stores and, to a lesser extent, new corporate-owned
stores that meet our established criteria. In addition to finding sites with the right demographic and other measures we employ in our selection process, we also
need to evaluate the penetration of our competitors in the market. We face significant competition for sites that meet our criteria, and as a result we may lose those
sites, our competitors could copy our format or we could be forced to pay significantly higher prices for those sites. If we and our franchisees are unable to identify
and secure sites for new stores, our revenue growth rate and profits may be negatively impacted. Additionally, if our or our franchisees’ analysis of the suitability of
a store site is incorrect, we or our franchisees may not be able to recover the capital investment in developing and building the new store.
As we increase our number of stores, we and our franchisees may also open stores in higher-cost geographies, which could entail greater lease payments and
construction costs, among others. The higher level of invested capital at these stores may require higher operating margins and higher net income per store to
produce the level of return we or our franchisees and potential franchisees expect. Failure to provide this level of return could adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition.
Opening new stores in close proximity may negatively impact our existing stores’ revenues and profitability.
We and our franchisees currently operate stores in 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic and Panama, and we and our
franchisees plan to open many new stores in the future, some of which will be in existing markets and may be located in close proximity to stores already in those
markets. Opening new stores in close proximity to existing stores may attract some memberships away from those existing stores, which may lead to diminished
revenues and profitability for us and our franchisees rather than increased market share. In addition, as a result of new stores opening in existing markets and
because older stores will represent an increasing proportion of our store base over time, our same store sales increases may be lower in future periods than they
have been historically.
20
We are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchisees.
Our franchise business model subjects us to a number of risks, any one of which may impact our royalty revenues collected from our franchisees, may harm the
goodwill associated with our brand, and may materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations.
Bankruptcy of franchisees. A franchisee bankruptcy could have a substantial negative impact on our ability to collect payments due under such franchisee’s
franchise agreement(s). In a franchisee bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee may reject its franchise agreement(s), ADA(s) and/or franchisee lease/sublease pursuant
to Section 365 under the U.S. bankruptcy code, in which case there would be no further royalty payments from such franchisee, and we may not ultimately recover
those payments in a bankruptcy proceeding of such franchisee in connection with a damage claim resulting from such rejection.
Franchisee changes in control. Our franchises are operated by independent business owners. Although we have the right to approve franchise owners, and any
transferee owners, it can be difficult to predict in advance whether a particular franchise owner will be successful. If an individual franchise owner is unable to
successfully establish, manage and operate the store, the performance and quality of service of the store could be adversely affected, which could reduce
memberships and negatively affect our royalty revenues and brand image. Although our agreements prohibit “changes in control” of a franchisee without our prior
consent as the franchisor, a franchise owner may desire to transfer a store to a transferee franchisee. In addition, in the event of the death or disability of a
franchisee (if a natural person) or a principal of a franchisee entity, the executors and representatives of the franchisee are required to transfer the relevant franchise
agreements to a successor franchisee approved by the franchisor. In any transfer situation, the transferee may not be able to perform the former franchisee’s
obligations under such franchise agreements and successfully operate the store. In such a case the performance and quality of service of the store could be
adversely affected, which could also reduce memberships and negatively affect our royalty revenues and brand image.
Franchisee insurance. Our franchise agreements require each franchisee to maintain certain insurance types and levels. Losses arising from certain extraordinary
hazards, however, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other
risks, or franchisees may fail to procure the required insurance. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to franchisees
may not be made on a timely basis. Any such loss or delay in payment could have a material adverse effect on a franchisee’s ability to satisfy its obligations under
its franchise agreement or other contractual obligations, which could cause a franchisee to terminate its franchise agreement and, in turn, negatively affect our
operating and financial results.
Some of our franchisees are operating entities. Franchisees may be natural persons or legal entities. Our franchisees that are operating companies (as opposed to
limited purpose entities) are subject to business, credit, financial and other risks, which may be unrelated to the operation of their stores. These unrelated risks could
materially and adversely affect a franchisee that is an operating company and its ability to service its members and maintain store operations while making royalty
payments, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Franchise agreement termination; nonrenewal. Each franchise agreement is subject to termination by us as the franchisor in the event of a default, generally after
expiration of applicable cure periods, although under certain circumstances a franchise agreement may be terminated by us upon notice without an opportunity to
cure. The default provisions under the franchise agreements are drafted broadly and include, among other things, any failure to meet operating standards and
actions that may threaten the licensed intell ectual property. Moreover, a franchisee may have a right to terminate its franchise agreement in certain circumstances.
In addition, each franchise agreement has an expiration date. Upon the expiration of a franchise agreement, we or the franchisee may, or may not, elect to renew the
franchise agreement. If the franchise agreement is renewed, the franchisee will receive a “successor” franchise agreement for an additional term. Such option,
however, is contingent on the franchisee’s execution of the then-current form of franchise agreement (which may include increased royalty revenues, advertising
fees and other fees and costs), the satisfaction of certain conditions (including re-equipment and remodeling of the store and other requirements) and the payment of
a renewal fee. If a franchisee is unable or unwilling to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions, the expiring franchise agreement will terminate upon expiration of its
term.
Franchisee litigation; effects of regulatory efforts. We and our franchisees are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, member claims,
personal injury claims, vicarious liability claims, litigation with or involving our relationship with franchisees, litigation alleging that the franchisees are our
employees or that we are the co-employer of our franchisees’ employees, employee allegations against the franchisee or us of improper termination and
discrimination, landlord/tenant disputes and intellectual property claims, among others. Each of these claims may increase costs, reduce the execution of new
franchise agreements and affect the scope and terms of insurance or indemnifications we and our franchisees may have. In addition, we and our franchisees are
subject to various regulatory efforts to enforce employment laws, such as efforts to categorize franchisors as the co-employers of their franchisees’ employees;
legislation to categorize individual franchised businesses as large employers for the purposes of various employment benefits; and other legislation or regulations
that may have a disproportionate impact on franchisors and/or franchised businesses. These changes may impose greater costs and regulatory burdens on
franchising and negatively affect our ability to sell new franchises.
21
Franchise agr eements and franchisee relationships. Our franchisees develop and operate their stores under terms set forth in our ADAs and franchise agreements,
respectively. These agreements give rise to long-term relationships that involve a complex set of mutual obligations and mutual cooperation. We have a standard
set of agreements that we typically use with our franchisees, but various franchisees have negotiated specific terms in these agreements. Furthermore, we may from
time to time negotiate terms of our fr anchise agreements with individual franchisees or groups of franchisees (e.g., a franchisee association). We seek to have
positive relationships with our franchisees, based in part on our common understanding of our mutual rights and obligations under our agreements, to enable both
the franchisees’ business and our business to be successful. However, we and our franchisees may not always maintain a positive relationship or always interpret
our agreements in the same way. Our failure to have positive relatio nships with our franchisees could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit
our business practices, which may make our business model less attractive to our franchisees or our members.
While our franchisee revenues are not concentrated among one or a small number of parties, the success of our business does depend in large part on our ability to
maintain contractual relationships with franchisees in profitable stores. A typical franchise agreement has a ten-year term. Our largest franchisee group accounts for
5.7% of our total stores and another large franchisee group accounts for 4.9% of our total stores. If we fail to maintain or renew our contractual relationships on
acceptable terms, or if one or more of these large franchisees were to become insolvent or otherwise were unwilling to pay amounts due to us, our business,
reputation, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers for equipment and certain products and services could result in disruptions to our business and could
adversely affect our revenues and gross profit.
Equipment and certain products and services used in our stores, including our exercise equipment and point-of-sale software and hardware, are sourced from third-
party suppliers. In addition, we rely on third-party suppliers to manage and maintain our websites and online join processes, and in 2017 over 27% of our new
members joined online through our websites. Although we believe that adequate substitutes are currently available, we depend on these third-party suppliers to
operate our business efficiently and consistently meet our business requirements. The ability of these third-party suppliers to successfully provide reliable and high-
quality services is subject to technical and operational uncertainties that are beyond our control, including, for our overseas suppliers, vessel availability and port
delays or congestion. Any disruption to our suppliers’ operations could impact our supply chain and our ability to service our existing stores and open new stores
on time or at all and thereby generate revenue. If we lose such suppliers or our suppliers encounter financial hardships unrelated to the demand for our equipment
or other products or services, we may not be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all.
Transitioning to new suppliers would be time-consuming and expensive and may result in interruptions in our operations. If we should encounter delays or
difficulties in securing the quantity of equipment we or our franchisees require to open new and refurbish existing stores, our suppliers encounter difficulties
meeting our and our franchisees’ demands for products or services, our websites experience delays or become impaired due to errors in the third-party technology
or there is a deficiency, lack or poor quality of products or services provided, or there is damage to the value of one or more of our vendors’ brands, our ability to
serve our members and grow our brand would be interrupted. If any of these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating
results.
Our franchisees may incur rising costs related to construction of new stores and maintenance of existing stores, which could adversely affect the attractiveness
of our franchise model, and in turn our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our stores require significant upfront and ongoing investment, including periodic remodeling and equipment replacement. If our franchisees’ costs are greater than
expected, franchisees may need to outperform their operational plan to achieve their targeted return. In addition, increased costs may result in lower profits to the
franchisees, which may cause them to terminate their franchise agreement or make it harder for us to attract new franchisees, which in turn could materially and
adversely affect our b usiness, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, if a franchisee is unwilling or unable to acquire the necessary financing to invest in the maintenance and upkeep of its stores, including periodic
remodeling and replacement of equipment, the quality of its stores could deteriorate, which may have a negative impact on our brand image and our ability to
attract and maintain members, which in turn may have a negative impact on our revenues.
We and our franchisees could be subject to claims related to health and safety risks to members that arise while at both our corporate-owned and franchise
stores.
Use of our and our franchisees’ stores poses some potential health and safety risks to members or guests through physical exertion and use of our services and
facilities, including exercise and tanning equipment. Claims might be asserted against us and our franchisees for injuries suffered by or death of members or guests
while exercising and using the facilities at a store. We may not be able to successfully defend such claims. We also may not be able to maintain our general liability
insurance on acceptable terms in the future or maintain a level of insurance that would provide adequate coverage against potential claims. Depending upon the
outcome, these matters may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
22
If we cannot retain our key employees and hire additional highly qualified employees, we may not be able to successfully manage our busi nesses and pursue
our strategic objectives.
We are highly dependent on the services of our senior management team and other key employees at our corporate headquarters and our corporate-owned stores,
and on our and our franchisees’ ability to recruit, retain and motivate key employees. Competition for such employees can be intense, and the inability to attract and
retain the additional qualified employees required to expand our activities, or the loss of current key employees, could adversely affect our and our franchisees’
operating efficiency and financial condition.
Our intellectual property rights, including trademarks and trade names, may be infringed, misappropriated or challenged by others.
Our brand and related intellectual property are important to our continued success. We seek to protect our trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other
intellectual property by exercising our rights under applicable state, provincial, federal and international laws. Policing unauthorized use and other violations of our
intellectual property rights is difficult, and the steps we take may not prevent misappropriation, infringement or other violations of our intellectual property. If we
were to fail to successfully protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, or if any third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes our intellectual property,
the value of our brands may be harmed, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any damage to our
reputation could cause membership levels to decline or make it more difficult to attract new members.
We may also from time to time be required to initiate litigation to enforce our trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property. Third parties may also
assert that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights, which could lead to litigation against us. Litigation is
inherently uncertain and could divert the attention of management, result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and negatively affect our membership sales
and profitability regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce or defend our rights.
Use of email marketing and social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.
There has been a substantial increase in the use of email and social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of internet-based
communication, which allow access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Negative commentary about us may be posted on social media
platforms or similar devices at any time and may harm our reputation or business. Consumers value readily available information about health clubs and often act
on suc h information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress
or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our stores, such as boycotts, can
be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage as well as physical damage to our stores.
We also use email and social medial platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain social media accounts and may occasionally email members to inform
them of certain offers or promotions. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees, our
franchisees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices could adversely impact our
and our franchisees’ business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.
If we fail to obtain and retain high-profile strategic partnership arrangements, or if the reputation of any of our partners is impaired, our business may suffer.
A principal component of our marketing program has been to partner with high-profile marketing partners, such as our sponsorship of ABC’s “Dick Clark’s New
Year’s Rockin’ Eve with Ryan Seacrest 2018,” to help us extend the reach of our brand. Although we have partnered with several well-known partners in this
manner, we may not be able to attract and partner with new marketing partners in the future. In addition, if the actions of our partners were to damage their
reputation, our partnerships may be less attractive to our current or prospective members. Any of these failures by us or our partners could adversely affect our
business and revenues.
We are subject to risks associated with leasing property subject to long-term non-cancelable leases.
We do not own any real property, and all of our corporate-owned stores are located on leased premises. The leases for our stores generally have initial terms of
10 years and typically provide for two renewal options in five-year increments as well as for rent escalations.
Generally, our leases are net leases that require us to pay our share of the costs of real estate taxes, utilities, building operating expenses, insurance and other
charges in addition to rent. We generally cannot terminate these leases before the end of the initial lease term. Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject
to similar long-term, non-terminable leases. If we close a store, we nonetheless may be obligated to perform our monetary obligations under the applicable lease,
including, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term. In addition, if we fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially
acceptable terms or at all, as each of our leases expire we could be forced to close stores in desirable locations. We depend on cash flows from operations to pay
our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not
otherwise available to us from borrowings under our senior secured credit facility or other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses or fund our
other liquidity and capital needs, which would materially affect our business.
23
Our business is subject to various laws and regulations and changes in such laws and regulations, or failure to comply with existing or future laws and
regulations, could adversely affect our business.
We are subject to the FTC Franchise Rule, which is a trade regulation imposed on franchising promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) that
regulates the offer and sale of franchises in the United States and that requires us to provide to all prospective franchisees certain mandatory disclosure in FDD. In
addition, we are subject to state franchise sales laws in approximately 14 states that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us to make a franchise
filing or obtain franchise registration prior to our making any offer or sale of a franchise in those states and to provide a FDD to prospective franchisees in
accordance with such laws. We are subject to franchise sales laws in six provinces in Canada that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us to provide
a FDD in a prescribed format to prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws, and that regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship. Failure to
comply with such laws may result in a franchisee’s right to rescind its franchise agreement and damages, and may result in investigations or actions from federal or
state franchise authorities, civil fines or penalties, and stop orders, among other remedies. We are also subject to franchise relationship laws in over 20 states that
regulate many aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship, including renewals and terminations of franchise agreements, franchise transfers, the applicable law
and venue in which franchise disputes must be resolved, discrimination and franchisees’ right to associate, among others. Our failure to comply with such franchise
relationship laws could result in fines, damages and our inability to enforce franchise agreements where we have violated such laws. Although we believe that our
FDDs, franchise sales practices and franchise activities comply with such franchise sales laws and franchise relationship laws, our non-compliance could result in
liability to franchisees and regulatory authorities (as described above), inability to enforce our franchise agreements and a reduction in our anticipated royalty
revenue, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We and our franchisees are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and various other laws in the United States, Canada, the Dominican
Republic and Panama governing such matters as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions. A significant number of our and our
franchisees’ employees are paid at rates related to the U.S. federal or state minimum wage, and past increases in the U.S. federal and/or state minimum wage have
increased labor costs, as would future increases. Any increases in labor costs might result in our and our franchisees inadequately staffing stores. Such increases in
labor costs and other changes in labor laws could affect store performance and quality of service, decrease royalty revenues and adversely affect our brand.
Our and our franchisees’ operations and properties are subject to extensive U.S., Canadian, Dominican and Panamanian, federal, international, state, provincial and
local laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental, building and zoning requirements. Our and our franchisees’ development of properties
depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations
and requirements. Failure to comply with these legal requirements could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement
actions, fines and civil and criminal liability, which could adversely affect our business.
We and our franchisees are responsible at stores we each operate for compliance with state, provincial and local laws that regulate the relationship between stores
and their members. Many states and provinces have consumer protection regulations that may limit the collection of membership dues or fees prior to opening,
require certain disclosures of pricing information, mandate the maximum length of contracts and “cooling off” periods for members (after the purchase of a
membership), set escrow and bond requirements for stores, govern member rights in the event of a member relocation or disability, provide for specific member
rights when a store closes or relocates, or preclude automatic membership renewals. Our or our franchisees’ failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements
may subject us or our franchisees to fines, penalties, damages, and civil liability, or result in membership contracts being void or voidable. In addition, states may
update these laws and regulations. Any additional costs which may arise in the future as a result of changes to the legislation and regulations or in their
interpretation could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practices, which may make our business model less attractive to our
franchisees or our members.
Regulatory restrictions placed on indoor tanning services and negative opinions about the health effects of indoor tanning services could harm our reputation
and our business.
Although our business model does not place an emphasis on indoor tanning, the vast majority of our corporate-owned and franchise stores offer indoor tanning
services. We offer tanning services as one of many amenities available to our PF Black Card members. Many states and provinces where we and our franchisees
operate have health and safety regulations that apply to health clubs and other facilities that offer indoor tanning services. In addition to regulations imposed on the
indoor tanning industry, medical opinions and op inions of commentators in the general public regarding negative health effects of indoor tanning services could
adversely impact the value of our PF Black Card memberships and our future revenues and profitability. Although the tanning industry is regulated by U.S. federal
and state, and international government agencies, negative publicity regarding the potentially harmful health effects of the tanning services we offer at our stores
could lead to additional legislation or further regulation of the industry. The potential increase in cost of complying with these regulations could have a negative
impact on our profit margins.
The continuation of our tanning services is dependent upon the public’s sustained belief that the benefits of utilizing tanning services outweigh the risks of
exposure to ultraviolet light. Any significant change in public perception of tanning equipment or any investigative or regulatory action by a government agency or
other regulatory authority could impact the appeal of indoor tanning services to our PF Black Card members, and could in turn have an adverse effect on our and
our franchisees’ reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition as well as our ability to profit from sales of tanning equipment to our franchisees.
24
In addition, from time to time, government agencies and other regulatory authorities have shown an interest in taking investigative or regulatory action with respect
to tanning services. For example, we reached a settlement with the New York Office of the Attorney General (“OAG”) in November 2015 in connection with
allegations that in the spring of 2013, seven of the approximately 80 independently owned and operated Planet Fitness franchise locations in New York at the time
had violated certain state laws related to tanning advertising, signage, paperwork, and eyewear. Upon being alerted to these alleged violations, we re-emphasized to
all franchisees that they are contractually required to operate their businesses in compliance with all applicable la ws and regulations. The OAG’s investigation was
part of a larger initiative with respect to tanning salons and other providers of tanning services and the settlement did not have a material adverse effect on us,
however similar future initiatives could inf luence public perception of the tanning services we offer and of the benefits of our PF Black Card membership.
Risks related to our indebtedness
As of December 31, 2017, we had total indebtedness of $709.5 million and our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and limit
our ability to pursue our growth strategy.
We have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest payments. As of December 31, 2017, we had total indebtedness of $709.5 million, gross
of deferred financing costs. Subject to the restrictions contained in our senior secured credit facility applicable to our subsidiary Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, as
borrower, and its restricted subsidiaries and its parent Planet Intermediate, LLC, as guarantors, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to
time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. These restrictions will not prevent us from incurring
obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, may be waived by certain votes of debt holders and, if we refinance our existing indebtedness, such refinancing
indebtedness may contain fewer restrictions on our activities. To the extent new indebtedness or other financial obligations are added to our and our subsidiaries’
currently anticipated indebtedness levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries face could intensify.
Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and increase the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to
pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our other existing and
any future financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences. For example, it could:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations under our senior
secured credit facility, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under such facility;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, research and development and other purposes;
increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors
that have proportionately less indebtedness;
increase our cost of borrowing and cause us to incur substantial fees from time to time in connection with debt amendments or refinancings;
increase our exposure to rising interest rates because our borrowings are at variable interest rates;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate; and
limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to dispose of assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling
and marketing efforts, research and development and other corporate purposes.
By the nature of their relationship to our enterprise, debt holders may have different points of view on the use of company resources as compared to our
management. The financial and contractual obligations related to our debt also represent a natural constraint on any intended use of company resources.
Restrictions imposed by our outstanding indebtedness and any future indebtedness may limit our ability to operate our business and to finance our future
operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.
The terms of our outstanding indebtedness restrict us from engaging in specified types of transactions. These covenants restrict our ability, among other things, to:
•
•
•
•
•
incur indebtedness or guarantees or engage in sale-leaseback transactions;
incur liens;
engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales;
alter the business conducted by Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries;
make investments and loans;
25
•
•
•
declare dividends or other distributions;
enter into agreements limiting restricted subsidiary distributions; and
engage in certain transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility requires us to comply with a financial maintenance covenant, which covenant is solely
for the benefit of the revolving credit facility. Our ability to comply with this financial covenant can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be
able to satisfy it. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facility.”
A breach of any of the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility could result in an event of default, which could
trigger acceleration of our indebtedness and may result in the acceleration of or default under any other debt we may incur in the future to which a cross-
acceleration or cross-default provision applies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In the
event of any default under our credit facilities, the applicable lenders could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans
outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and other obligations, to be due and payable. In addition, or in the alternative, the applicable
lenders could exercise their rights under the security documents entered into in connection with our credit facilities. We have pledged a significant portion of our
assets as collateral under our senior secured credit facility.
If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings and loans when due, the applicable lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them
to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event the applicable lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we
and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. Any acceleration of amounts due under the agreements governing our credit facilities
or the exercise by the applicable lenders of their rights under the security documents would likely have a material adverse effect on our business. As a result of
these restrictions, we may be:
•
•
•
limited in how we conduct our business;
unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or
unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy.
We will require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. The ability to generate cash or refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due depends
on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our respective obligations under, our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures and other
corporate expenses will depend on our subsidiaries’ future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors.
Many of these factors are beyond our control. We can provide no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently
anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to satisfy
our respective obligations under our indebtedness or to fund our other needs. In order for us to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness and fund planned
capital expenditures, we must continue to execute our business strategy. If we are unable to do so, we may need to reduce or delay our planned capital expenditures
or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. Significant delays in our planned capital expenditures may materially and adversely affect
our future revenue prospects. In addition, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms
or at all.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under our senior secured credit facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interes t rates increase, our debt service
obligations on variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash
available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.
Our senior secured credit facility includes a London Inter-Bank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) floor of 0.75% in respect of the term loans. As the specified LIBOR rate
increases above the 0.75% floor for the term loans, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed
remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease. As of December
31, 2017, the weighted average LIBOR rate applicable to term loans under our senior secured credit facility was 1.59%. An increase of 0.125% over such rate for
the term loans would result in an approximate increase of $0.9 million in our annual interest expense associated with our senior secured credit facilities, without
giving effect to interest rate caps
We have entered into and may continue to enter into interest rate swaps, caps or other derivative financial instruments that involve the exchange of floating for
fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain derivative
26
financial instruments with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.
Risks related to our organizational structure
We will be required to pay certain of our existing and previous owners for certain tax benefits we may claim, and we expect that the payments we will be
required to make will be substantial.
Future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock (or cash) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax
attributes for us. We are a party to two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, we are generally required to pay to certain existing and
previous equity owners of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (the “TRA Holders”) 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that we are
deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to us (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales
of their Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including
imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, we are generally required to pay to TSG AIV II-A L.P and TSG PF Co-Investors A L.P. (the “Direct
TSG Investors”) 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units that we hold in
respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in us, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in our 2012 acquisition (the “2012
Acquisition”) by investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC (“TSG”) , and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, we generally
retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings.
The payment obligations under the tax receivable agreements are obligations of Planet Fitness, Inc., and we expect that the payments we will be required to make
under the tax receivable agreements will be substantial. In December 2017, tax legislation was enacted that, among other things, reduces the federal corporate
income tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018. Assuming no further material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize
all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreements, we expect that the reduction in tax payments for us associated with all past and future exchanges
and sales of Holdings Units as described above would aggregate to approximately $647.8 million over the remaining term of the tax receivable agreements based
on a price of $34.63 per share of our Class A common stock (the closing price per share of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”)
on December 29, 2017) and assuming all future sales had occurred on such date. Under such scenario, we would be required to pay the other parties to the tax
receivable agreements 85% of such amount, or $550.6 million, over the applicable period under the tax receivable agreements. The actual amounts may materially
differ from these hypothetical amounts, as potential future reductions in tax payments for us, and tax receivable agreement payments by us, will be calculated using
the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the sale and the prevailing tax rates applicable to us over the life of the tax receivable agreements and
will be dependent on us generating sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit. Payments under the tax receivable agreements are not conditioned on the
TRA Holders’ ownership of our shares.
The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under these agreements, will vary depending upon a number of factors,
including the timing of sales by the TRA Holders, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the sales, whether such sales are taxable, the amount and
timing of the taxable income we generate in the future, the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting
imputed interest. Payments under the tax receivable agreements are expected to give rise to certain additional tax benefits attributable to either further increases in
basis or in the form of deductions for imputed interest (generally calculated using one-year LIBOR), depending on the tax receivable agreements and the
circumstances. Any such benefits are covered by the tax receivable agreements and will increase the amounts due thereunder. The tax receivable agreements
provide for interest, at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR, accrued from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return to the date of payment
specified by the tax receivable agreements. In addition, under certain circumstances where we are unable to make timely payments under the tax receivable
agreements, the tax receivable agreements provide for interest to accrue on unpaid payments, at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 500 basis points.
Payments under the tax receivable agreements will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would
cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase or other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements, we will not be reimbursed for any payments
previously made under the tax receivable agreements if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed. As a result, in certain circumstances,
payments could be made under the tax receivable agreements in excess of the benefits that we are deemed to realize in respect of the attributes to which the tax
receivable agreements relate.
Our ability to pay taxes and expenses, including payments under the tax receivable agreements, may be limited by our structure.
Our principal asset is our ownership of Holdings Units in Pla-Fit Holdings. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue. Pla-Fit Holdings is
treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is generally not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is allocated to
holders of its Holdings Units, including us. Accordingly, we incur income taxes on our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, and also incur
expenses related to our operations. Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of Pla-Fit Holdings that was amended and restated in connection with our
initial public offering, as amended on July 1, 2017 (the “New LLC Agreement”), Pla-Fit Holdings makes cash distributions to the owners of Holdings Units for
purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Pla-Fit Holdings that is allocated to them, to the extent other
27
distributions from Pla-Fit Holdings have been insufficient. In addition to tax expenses, we also incur expenses related to our operations, including payment
obligations under the tax receivabl e agreements, which are significant. We have caused Pla-Fit Holdings to make distributions in an amount sufficient to allow us
to pay our taxes and operating expenses, including ordinary course payments due under the tax receivable agreements. However, its ability to make such
distributions in the future will be subject to various limitations and restrictions, including contractual restrictions under our senior secured credit facility. If, as a
consequence of these various limitations and restrictions, we d o not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations (including as a
result of an acceleration of our obligations under the tax receivable agreements), we may have to borrow funds and thus our liquidity and financial condit ion could
be materially and adversely affected. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason, such payments will be
deferred and will accrue interest at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 500 basis p oints until paid.
In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreements to our TRA Holders may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we
realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements.
The tax receivable agreements provide that (i) in the event that we materially breach such tax receivable agreements, (ii) if, at any time, we elect an early
termination of the tax receivable agreements, or (iii) upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, our (or our
successor’s) obligations under the tax receivable agreements (with respect to all Holdings Units, whether or not they have been sold before or after such
transaction) would accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain
assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the tax deductions, tax basis and other tax
attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements.
As a result of the foregoing, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than or less than the specified
percentage of the actual tax savings we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the agreements and (ii) we may be required to make an immediate lump
sum payment equal to the present value of the anticipated tax savings, which payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future
benefits, if any such benefits are ever realized. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreements could have a substantial negative impact on
our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of
control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreements in a manner that does not adversely affect our
working capital and growth requirements. For example, if we had elected to terminate the tax receivable agreements as of December 31, 2017, based on a share
price of $34.63 per share of our Class A common stock (based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the NYSE as of December 29, 2017) and a
discount rate equal to 3.1%, we estimate that we would have been required to pay $427.7 million in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreements.
In certain circumstances, Pla-Fit Holdings will be required to make distributions to us and the Continuing LLC Owners, and the distributions that Pla-Fit
Holdings will be required to make may be substantial.
Funds used by Pla-Fit Holdings to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, the tax distributions that
Pla-Fit Holdings will be required to make may be substantial and will likely exceed (as a percentage of Pla-Fit Holdings’ net income) the overall effective tax rate
applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer, particularly as a result of the 2017 Tax Act.
As a result of potential differences in the amount of net taxable income allocable to us and to the owners of Holdings Units other than Planet Fitness, Inc. (the
“Continuing LLC Owners”), as well as the use of an assumed tax rate in calculating Pla-Fit Holdings’ distribution obligations, we may receive distributions
significantly in excess of our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreements. To the extent we do not distribute such cash
balances as dividends on our Class A common stock and instead, for example, hold such cash balances or lend them to Pla-Fit Holdings, the Continuing LLC
Owners would benefit from a ny value attributable to such accumulated cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A common stock following an
exchange of their Holdings Units.
We will not be reimbursed for any payments made to the TRA Holders or the Direct TSG Investors under the tax receivable agreements in the event that any
tax benefits are disallowed.
If the IRS or a state or local taxing authority challenges the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions that give rise to payments under the tax receivable agreements
and the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions are subsequently disallowed, the recipients of payments under the agreements will not reimburse us for any
payments we previously made to them. Any such disallowance would be taken into account in determining future payments under the tax receivable agreements
and would, therefore, reduce the amount of any such future payments. Nevertheless, if the claimed tax benefits from the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions are
disallowed, our payments under the tax receivable agreements could exceed our actual tax savings, and we may not be able to recoup payments under the tax
receivable agreements that were calculated on the assumption that the disallowed tax savings were available.
28
Unanticipated changes in effective ta x rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our
financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and Canada, and our domestic and foreign tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing
jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;
expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;
tax effects of stock-based compensation;
costs related to intercompany restructurings;
changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or
lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions
where we have higher statutory tax rates.
In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state and foreign authorities. Outcomes from these
audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The 2017 Tax Act has resulted in significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system. These changes include a federal statutory rate reduction from 35% to
21% and limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation. The 2017 Tax Act also transitions international taxation from a worldwide
system to a modified territorial system and includes base erosion prevention measures on non-U.S. earnings, which could have the effect of subjecting certain
earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to U.S. taxation. These changes are effective beginning in 2018. The 2017 Tax Act requires complex computations to be
performed that were not previously required in U.S. tax law, significant judgments to be made in interpretation of the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act and
significant estimates in calculations, and the preparation and analysis of information not previously relevant or regularly produced. The U.S. Treasury Department,
the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies could interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the 2017 Tax Act will be applied or otherwise administered that is
different from our interpretation. As we complete our analysis of the 2017 Tax Act, collect and prepare necessary data, and interpret any additional guidance, we
may make adjustments to provisional amounts that we have recorded that may materially impact our provision for income taxes in the period in which the
adjustments are made.
Risks related to our Class A common stock
Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of our Company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to
replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a
third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;
advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;
the ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;
the ability of our board of directors to issue new series of, and designate the terms of, preferred stock, without stockholder approval, which could be used to,
among other things, institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely
preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors;
limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent; and
the required approval of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock to adopt, amend or repeal certain
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws or remove directors for cause.
In addition, Section 203 of the DGCL may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years
following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” While we have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to
Section 203 of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL, except that they provide that
investment funds affiliated with TSG will not be deemed to be an “interested stockholder,” and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.
Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace
current members of our management team. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these
protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the Company may be unsuccessful.
29
Our organizational structure, including the tax receivable agreements, confers certain benefits upon the TRA Holders and the Continuing LLC Owners that do
not benefit Class A common stockholders to the same extent as it will benefit the TRA Holders and the Continuing LLC Owners.
Our organizational structure, including the tax receivable agreements, confers certain benefits upon the TRA Holders and the Continuing LLC Owners that do not
benefit the holders of our Class A common stock to the same extent. The tax receivable agreement with the Direct TSG Investors also confers benefits upon the
Direct TSG Investors that are not shared with other holders of Class A common stock. Although we retain 15% of the amount of tax benefits conferred under the
tax receivable agreements, this and other aspects of our organizational structure may adversely impact the future trading market for the Class A common stock.
If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our
financial results, prevent fraud or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial
information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, our management is required to report on, and our independent registered public
accounting firm is required to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment includes disclosure of any material
weakness identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports, and we are
required to disclose significant changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis.
If we identify a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, there can be no assurance that we will be able to remediate the material
weaknesses identified in a timely manner or maintain all of the controls necessary to remain in compliance with our reporting obligations. If we are unable to assert
that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as
to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in future periods, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our
financial reports, the market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the NYSE, on
which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
Our certificate of incorporation designates courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that
may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors,
officers or employees.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum
for:
•
•
•
•
•
any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;
any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders;
any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws;
any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or
any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine (each, a “Covered Proceeding”).
In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that if any action the subject matter of which is a Covered Proceeding is filed in a court other than the specified
Delaware courts without the approval of our board of directors (each, a “Foreign Action”), the claiming party will be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal
jurisdiction of the specified Delaware courts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the exclusive forum provision described above and
(ii) having service of process made upon such claiming party in any such enforcement action by service upon such claiming party’s counsel in the Foreign Action
as agent for such claiming party.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these
provisions. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors,
officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these
provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may
incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Our stock price could be extremely volatile, and, as a result, stockholders may not be able to resell shares at or above their purchase price.
Since our initial public offering (the “IPO”), the price of our Class A common stock, as reported by the NYSE, has ranged from a low of $13.23 on February 11,
2016 to a high of $35.03 on December 29, 2017. In addition, in recent years the stock market in general has
30
been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our Class A
common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our results of operations or
prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our Class A common stock could be subject to wide fluct uations in response to a number of
factors, including those described elsewhere in this report and others such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;
the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;
additions and departures of key personnel;
strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business
strategy;
the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;
speculation in the press or investment community;
changes in accounting principles;
terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;
natural disasters and other calamities; and
changes in general market and economic conditions.
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation
could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments
or to settle litigation.
Because we do not currently pay any cash dividends on our Class A common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A
common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and do not currently pay any cash dividends on our Class A common
stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our
results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition,
our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our senior
credit facility. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell our Class A common stock for a price
greater than that which you paid for it.
Financial forecasting may differ materially from actual results.
Due to the inherent difficulty of predicting future events and results, our forecasted financial and operational results may differ materially from actual results.
Discrepancies between forecasted and actual results could cause a decline in the price of our stock.
31
Item 1B. Unresolve d Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2. Properties.
Our corporate headquarters is located in Hampton, New Hampshire and consists of approximately 68,700 sq. ft. of leased office space. It is the base of operations
for our executive management and nearly all of the employees who provide our primary corporate and franchisee support functions.
Corporate-Owned Stores
We lease all of our corporate-owned stores. Our store leases typically have initial terms of ten years with two five-year renewal options, exercisable in our
discretion. The following table lists all of our corporate-owned store counts by state/province as of December 31, 2017:
State/Province
Store Count
Pennsylvania
New York
New Hampshire
New Jersey
California
Massachusetts
Ontario
Delaware
Colorado
Vermont
17
16
14
3
3
3
2
2
1
1
Franchisee Stores
Franchisees own or directly lease from a third-party each Planet Fitness franchise location. We do not own or enter into leases for Planet Fitness franchise stores
and generally do not guarantee franchisees’ lease agreements, although we have done so in a few isolated instances. As of December 31, 2017, we had 1,456
franchisee-owned stores in 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic and Panama.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
We are involved in various claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
None.
32
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information for Class A Common Stock
Shares of our Class A common stock trade on the NYSE under the symbol “PLNT.” The table below sets forth the highest and lowest prices paid per share for our
Class A common stock on the NYSE for each quarter during 2016 and 2017.
PART II
Fiscal 2016
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
Fiscal 2017
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
Highest
Lowest
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
16.38
19.62
23.41
25.10
22.13
24.58
27.20
35.03
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
13.23
14.86
18.55
19.17
18.81
18.32
21.99
25.55
Holders of Record
As of February 22, 2018, there were three stockholders of record of our Class A common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our Class A common
stock are held in “street name” and held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. As of February 22, 2018 there were 12 stockholders of record
of our Class B common stock. All shares of Class B common stock are owned by current or former directors and management of the Company, and there is no
public market for these shares.
Dividend Policy
During 2016, we declared and paid a special dividend of $2.78 per share to our Class A common stock holders of record as of November 10, 2016. We do not
currently pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our Class A common stock
will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, which may take into account general economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations,
our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, the implications of the payment of
dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant
33
Performance Graph
The following graph and table depict the total return to shareholders from August 6, 2015 (the date our Class A common stock began trading on the NYSE) through
December 31, 2017, relative to the performance of the S&P 500 Index and the Russell 2000. We include a comparison against the Russell 2000 because there is no
published industry or line-of-business index for our industry and we do not have a readily definable peer group that is publicly traded. The graph and table assume
$100 invested at the closing price of $16.00 on August 6, 2015.
The performance graph and table are not intended to be indicative of future performance. The performance graph and table shall not be deemed “soliciting
material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to
the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of the Company’s filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the
Exchange Act.
Planet Fitness, Inc.
S&P 500 Index
Russell 2000 (Total Return) Index
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
August 6, 2015
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2016
December 31, 2017
$
100.00 $
100.00
100.00
97.69 $
98.10
93.42
125.63 $
107.45
111.62
216.44
128.32
126.29
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2017.
In connection with our IPO, we and the Continuing LLC Owners entered into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) have the
right, from time to time and subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, to exchange their Holdings Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of
Class B common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock
dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions. As a Continuing LLC Owner exchanges Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number
of Holdings Units held by Planet Fitness, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Holdings Units, and a corresponding number of shares of
Class B common stock are cancelled.
34
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
The following tables set forth our selected historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial
data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this report.
The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report.
Subsequent to the IPO and the related recapitalization transactions, the Company is a holding company whose principal asset is a controlling equity interest in Pla-
Fit Holdings. As the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, the Company operates and controls all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, and,
through Pla-Fit Holdings, conducts its business. As a result, the Company consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings’ financial results and reports a non-controlling interest
related to the Holdings Units not owned by the Company. Such consolidation has been reflected for all periods presented. Our selected historical consolidated
financial data does not reflect what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone public
company during those periods.
Our selected historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future results of operations or future cash flows.
35
You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements, “Item 1A. –
Risk Factors,” and “Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results o f Operations” included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated statement of operations data:
Revenue:
Franchise revenue
Commission income
Franchise segment
Corporate-owned stores segment
Equipment segment
Total revenue
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue
Store operations
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Other (gain) loss
Total operating costs and expenses
Income from operations
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expense, net (1)
Other income (expense), net (2)
Total other income (expense), net
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes (3)
Net income
Less net income attributable to
non-controlling interests
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.
Net income per share of Class A common stock:
Basic & diluted
Cash dividends declared per Class A common share
Consolidated statement of cash flows data:
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Property and equipment, net
Total assets
Total debt and capital lease obligations,
excluding deferred financing costs
Total (deficit) equity
2017
2016
Years ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
131,983
18,172
150,155
112,114
167,673
429,942
129,266
60,657
60,369
31,761
353
282,406
147,536
(35,283)
316,928
281,645
429,181
373,580
55,601
22,455
33,146
0.42
-
131,021
(37,042)
(21,703)
113,080
83,327
1,092,465
709,470
(136,937)
97,374 $
19,114
116,488
104,721
157,032
378,241
71,762 $
16,323
88,085
98,390
144,062
330,537
58,001 $
13,805
71,806
85,041
122,930
279,777
122,317
60,121
50,008
31,502
(1,369)
262,579
115,662
(27,125)
1,371
(25,754)
89,908
18,661
71,247
113,492
57,485
55,573
32,158
(273)
258,435
72,102
(24,549)
(275)
(24,824)
47,278
9,148
38,130
100,306
49,476
35,121
32,341
994
218,238
61,539
(21,800)
(1,261)
(23,061)
38,478
1,183
37,295
49,747
21,500 $
19,612
18,518 $
487
36,808 $
0.50 $
0.11
2.78 $
-
108,817 $
(14,694)
(85,183)
81,663 $
(19,161)
(74,240)
79,405 $
(54,362)
(12,952)
40,393 $
61,238
1,001,442
31,430 $
56,139
699,177
43,291 $
49,579
601,982
716,654
(214,755)
492,320
(1,080)
387,496
151,749
33,684
10,473
44,157
67,364
99,488
211,009
81,353
41,692
23,118
28,808
-
174,971
36,038
(8,912)
(694)
(9,606)
26,432
633
25,799
361
25,438
66,943
(7,137)
(37,994)
31,267
33,766
556,573
184,460
321,915
(1)
(2)
(3)
Interest expense in 2016 and 2014 included $0.6 million and $4.7 million, respectively, for the loss on extinguishment of debt.
Other income (expense) in the year ended December 31, 2017 includes expense of $316,813, related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to the 2017 Tax
Act .
Provision for income taxes in the year ended December 31, 2017 includes $334,022, related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act.
36
ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Ope rations
Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this report to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Planet Fitness, Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries following the recapitalization transactions described in this report and to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the
recapitalization transactions.
Overview
We are one of the largest and fastest-growing franchisors and operators of fitness centers in the United States by number of members and locations, with a highly
recognized national brand. Our mission is to enhance people’s lives by providing a high-quality fitness experience in a welcoming, non-intimidating environment,
which we call the Judgement Free Zone, where anyone—and we mean anyone—can feel they belong. Our bright, clean stores are typically 20,000 square feet, with
a large selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded cardio, circuit- and weight-training equipment and friendly staff trainers who offer
unlimited free fitness instruction to all our members in small groups through our PE@PF program. We offer this differentiated fitness experience at only $10 per
month for our standard membership. This exceptional value proposition is designed to appeal to a broad population, including occasional gym users and the
approximately 80% of the U.S. and Canadian populations over age 14 who are not gym members, particularly those who find the traditional fitness club setting
intimidating and expensive. We and our franchisees fiercely protect Planet Fitness’ community atmosphere—a place where you do not need to be fit before joining
and where progress toward achieving your fitness goals (big or small) is supported and applauded by our staff and fellow members.
As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 10.6 million members and 1,518 stores in 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican
Republic and Panama. Of our 1,518 stores, 1,456 are franchised and 62 are corporate-owned.
As of December 31, 2017, we had 1,456 franchisee-owned stores and had commitments to open more than 1,000 new stores under existing ADAs.
Composition of Revenues, Expenses and Cash Flows
Revenues
We generate revenue from three primary sources:
•
•
•
Franchise segment revenue: Franchise segment revenue relates to services we provide to support our franchisees and includes royalty revenue, franchise
fees, placement revenue, other fees and commission income associated with our franchisee-owned stores. Franchise segment revenue does not include the
sale of tangible products by us to our franchisees. Our franchise segment revenue comprised 35%, 31% and 27% of our total revenue for the years ended
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Royalty revenue, which represents royalties paid by franchisees based on the franchisee-owned stores’
monthly and annual membership billings, is recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the franchise agreement. Franchise fees, which include fees
under ADAs, are recognized when we have substantially completed all of our performance obligations, which is generally at or near the store opening date.
Placement revenue includes amounts we charge our franchisees for assembling and placing cardio and strength equipment at franchisee-owned stores.
Placement revenue is recognized upon completion and acceptance of the services at the franchisee stores. Other fees includes online member join fees we
receive from franchisees related to processing transactions for new members joining franchisee-owned stores through the Company’s website and billing
transaction fees we receive from franchisees related to franchisee membership billing processing through our third-party hosted point-of-sale system.
Through our point-of-sale system, we oversee the processing of membership billings for franchisee-owned stores through EFT transactions and the billing
transaction fees we receive are based upon the number of transactions processed. Our royalties and other fees are deducted from these membership billings
and remitted to us by the processor prior to the net billings being remitted to the franchisees. Commission income is generated from activities related to our
franchisees, including purchases of merchandise, promotional materials and store fixtures by our franchisees from third-party vendors. Beginning in 2015,
commission income also included commissions earned on equipment sales by third-party vendors to franchisees in international locations. These
commissions are recognized when amounts have been earned and collectability from the vendor is reasonably assured.
Corporate-owned store segment revenue : Includes monthly membership dues, enrollment fees, annual fees and prepaid fees paid by our members as well as
retail sales. This source of revenue comprised 26%, 28%, and 30% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
As of December 31, 2017, 96% of our members paid their monthly dues by EFT, while the remainder prepaid annually in advance. Membership dues and
fees are earned and recognized over the membership term. Enrollment fees are recognized ratably over the estimated duration of the membership. Annual
fees are recognized ratably over the 12-month membership period. Retail sales are recognized at the point of sale.
Equipment segment revenue : Includes equipment revenue for new U.S. franchisee-owned stores as well as replacement equipment for U.S. existing
franchisee-owned stores. Franchisee-owned stores are required to replace their equipment every five to seven years based on the life of the specific
equipment. This source of revenue comprised 39%, 41% and 43% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Equipment revenue is recognized when the equipment is delivered, assembled, and accepted by the franchisee.
37
Expenses
We primarily incur the following expenses:
•
•
•
Cost of revenue : Primarily includes the direct costs associated with equipment sales to new and existing franchisee-owned stores in the U.S. as well
as direct costs related to our point-of-sale system. Cost of revenue also includes the cost of retail sales at our corporate-owned stores, which is
immaterial. Our cost of revenue changes primarily based on equipment sales volume.
Store operations : Includes the direct costs associated with our corporate-owned stores, primarily rent, utilities, payroll, marketing, maintenance and
supplies. The components of store operations remain relatively stable for each store and change primarily based on the number of corporate-owned
stores. Our statements of operations do not include, and we are not responsible for, any costs associated with operating franchisee-owned stores.
Selling, general and administrative expenses : Consists of costs associated with administrative and franchisee support functions related to our
existing business as well as growth and development activities, including costs to support equipment placement and assembly services. These costs
primarily consist of payroll, IT-related, marketing, legal and accounting expenses.
Cash flows
We generate a significant portion of our cash flows from monthly membership dues, royalties and various fees and commissions related to transactions involving
our franchisee-owned stores. We oversee the membership billing process, as well as the collection of our royalties and certain other fees, through our third-party
hosted system-wide point-of-sale system. We collect monthly dues from our corporate-owned store members on or around the 17 th of each month, while annual
fees are collected on or around the 1 st day of the second month following the month in which the membership agreement was signed. Through our point-of-sale
system, we oversee the processing of membership billings for franchisee-owned stores. Our royalties and certain other fees are deducted on or around the 17 th of
each month from these membership billings by the processor prior to the net billings being remitted to the franchisees. Our franchisees are responsible for
maintaining the membership billing records and collection of member dues for their respective stores through the point-of-sale system. Our royalties are based on
monthly and annual membership billings for the franchisee-owned stores without regard to the collections of those billings by our franchisees. The amount and
timing of the collection of royalties and membership dues and fees at corporate-owned stores is, therefore, generally fairly predictable.
As new corporate-owned stores open, or existing stores generate positive same store sales, future corporate-owned store revenues are expected to grow. Our
corporate-owned stores also generate strong operating margins and cash flows, as a significant portion of our costs are fixed or semi-fixed such as rent and labor.
Equipment sales to new and existing franchisee-owned stores also generate significant cash flows. Franchisees either pay in advance or provide evidence of a
committed financing arrangement.
Recent Transactions
On May 26, 2017, we executed the third amendment to our senior secured credit agreement to reduce the applicable interest rate margin for term loan borrowings
by 50 basis points, with an additional 25 basis point reduction in applicable interest rate possible in the future so long as the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in
the credit agreement) is less than 3.50 to 1.00. The amendment to the credit agreement also reduced the interest rate margin for revolving loan borrowings by 25
basis points.
On May 8, 2017, we completed a secondary offering (the “May Secondary Offering”) pursuant to which the Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing
LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 16,085,510 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $20.28 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered in the September Secondary Offering.
On March 14, 2017, we completed a secondary offering (the “March Secondary Offering”) pursuant to which the Direct TSG Investors and the participating
Continuing LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $20.44 per share. The Company did not receive any
proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered in the September Secondary Offering.
On November 22, 2016, we completed a secondary offering (the “November Secondary Offering”) pursuant to which the Direct TSG Investors and the
participating Continuing LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $23.22 per share. The Company did not
receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered in the November Secondary Offering.
On November 10, 2016, the Company declared a special cash dividend of $2.78 per share which was paid on December 5, 2016 to the Class A common stock
holders of record as of November 22, 2016. The dividend, which together with other dividend equivalent payments (including payments of $2.78 per unit to
Continuing LLC Owners), resulted in an aggregate cash payment of $271.0 million.
38
On November 10, 2016, we executed the second amendmen t to our senior secured credit agreement to a) decrease the interest rate spread on our term loan by 25
basis points, b) increase the aggregate principal amount of the term loans by $230.0 million to $718.5 million, and c) increase the aggregate revolving commitments
by $35.0 million to $75.0 million.
On September 28, 2016, we completed a secondary offering (the “September Secondary Offering”) pursuant to which the Direct TSG Investors and participating
Continuing LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 8,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $19.62 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds
from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered in the September Secondary Offering.
On June 28, 2016, we completed a secondary offering (the “June Secondary Offering”) pursuant to which the Direct TSG Investors and participating Continuing
LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 11,500,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $16.50 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered in the June Secondary Offering.
On August 11, 2015, we completed an IPO pursuant to which we and selling stockholders sold an aggregate of 15,525,000 shares of Class A common stock at a
public offering price of $16.00 per share. We received $156.9 million in proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, which were used to purchase
Holdings Units from the Continuing LLC Owners, at a purchase price per unit equal to the IPO price per share of Class A common stock, less underwriting
discounts and commissions.
On March 31, 2015, we amended our senior secured credit facility to provide for an increase in term loan borrowings to $506.1 million to permit the issuance of a
cash distribution of approximately $140.0 million to holders of Class T Units and Class O Units of Pla-Fit Holdings. The full incremental borrowings of
$120.0 million plus cash on hand were used to fund the distribution.
Seasonality
Our results are subject to seasonality fluctuations in that member joins are typically higher in January as compared to other months of the year. In addition, our
quarterly results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including the timing of store openings, timing of price increases for enrollment fees and
monthly membership dues and general economic conditions.
See Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for our total revenues, income from operations and net income for each
of the quarters during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 .
Our Segments
We operate and manage our business in three business segments: Franchise, Corporate-owned stores and Equipment. Our Franchise segment includes operations
related to our franchising business in the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic and Panama. Our Corporate-owned stores segment includes
operations with respect to all corporate-owned stores throughout the United States and Canada. The Equipment segment includes the sale of equipment to
franchisee-owned stores in the U.S. We evaluate the performance of our segments and allocate resources to them based on revenue and earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization, referred to as Segment EBITDA. Revenue and Segment EBITDA for all operating segments include only transactions with
unaffiliated customers and do not include intersegment transactions. The tables below summarize the financial information for our segments for the years ended
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. “Corporate and other,” as it relates to Segment EBITDA, primarily includes corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and
related benefit costs and professional services that are not directly attributable to any individual segment.
(in thousands)
Revenue
Franchise segment
Corporate-owned stores segment
Equipment segment
Total revenue
Segment EBITDA
Franchise segment
Corporate-owned stores segment
Equipment segment
Corporate and other (2)
Total Segment EBITDA (1)
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
$
$
$
$
150,155 $
112,114
167,673
429,942 $
126,459 $
46,855
38,539
284,372
496,225 $
116,488 $
104,721
157,032
378,241 $
97,256 $
40,847
36,439
(26,007)
148,535 $
88,085
98,390
144,062
330,537
66,030
36,070
31,936
(30,051)
103,985
(1)
(2)
Total Segment EBITDA is equal to EBITDA, which is a metric that is not presented in accordance with GAAP. Refer to “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a
definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
In the year ended December 31, 2017, includes expense of $316,813 related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to the
2017 Tax Act .
39
A reconciliation of income from operations to Segment EBITDA is set forth below:
(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2017:
Income (loss) from operations
Depreciation and amortization
Other income (expense) (2)
Segment EBITDA (1)
Year Ended December 31, 2016:
Income (loss) from operations
Depreciation and amortization
Other income (expense)
Segment EBITDA (1)
Year Ended December 31, 2015:
Income (loss) from operations
Depreciation and amortization
Other income (expense)
Segment EBITDA (1)
Franchise
Corporate-
owned
stores
Equipment
Corporate and
other
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
118,035 $
8,449
(25)
126,459 $
30,702 $
15,715
438
46,855 $
32,401 $
6,031
107
38,539 $
(33,602) $
1,566
316,408
284,372 $
88,756 $
8,538
(38)
97,256 $
24,829 $
15,882
136
40,847 $
28,482 $
6,203
1,754
36,439 $
(26,405) $
879
(481)
(26,007) $
147,536
31,761
316,928
496,225
115,662
31,502
1,371
148,535
57,442 $
8,544
44
66,030 $
19,738 $
17,232
(900)
36,070 $
25,725 $
6,211
—
31,936 $
(30,803) $
171
581
(30,051) $
72,102
32,158
(275)
103,985
(1)
(2)
Total Segment EBITDA is equal to EBITDA, which is a metric that is not presented in accordance with GAAP. Refer to “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a
definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Includes expense of $316,813 in the Corporate and other segment related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to the
2017 Tax Act .
40
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business
In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures for determining how our business is
performing include total monthly dues and annual fees from members (which we refer to as system-wide sales), the number of new store openings, same store sales
for both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores, average royalty fee percentages for franchisee-owned stores, monthly PF Black Card membership
penetration percentage, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Segment EBITDA, four-wall EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Adjusted net income per share, diluted. See
“—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for our definition of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, four-wall EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Adjusted net income
per share, diluted and why we present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, four-wall EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, and for a
reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, and a reconciliation of adjusted net income per share, diluted to net income per share, diluted, the most directly comparable
financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Total monthly dues and annual fees from members (system-wide sales)
We review the total amount of dues we collect from our members on a monthly basis, which allows us to assess changes in the performance of our corporate-owned
and franchisee-owned stores from period to period, any competitive pressures, local or regional membership traffic patterns and general market conditions that
might impact our store performance. We collect monthly dues on or around the 17 th of every month. We collect annual fees once per year from each member
based upon when the member signed his or her membership agreement.
Number of new store openings
The number of new store openings reflects stores opened during a particular reporting period for both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores. Opening new
stores is an important part of our growth strategy and we expect the majority of our future new stores will be franchisee-owned. Before we obtain the certificate of
occupancy or report any revenue for new corporate-owned stores, we incur pre-opening costs, such as rent expense, labor expense and other operating expenses.
Some of our stores open with an initial start-up period of higher than normal marketing and operating expenses, particularly as a percentage of monthly revenue.
New stores may not be profitable and their revenue may not follow historical patterns. The following table shows the growth in our corporate-owned and
franchisee-owned store base for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
Franchisee-owned stores:
Stores operated at beginning of period
New stores opened
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)
Stores operated at end of period
Corporate-owned stores:
Stores operated at beginning of period
New stores opened
Stores operated at end of period
Total stores:
Stores operated at beginning of period
New stores opened
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)
Stores operated at end of period
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
1,255
206
(5)
1,456
58
4
62
1,313
210
(5)
1,518
1,066
195
(6)
1,255
58
—
58
1,124
195
(6)
1,313
863
206
(3)
1,066
55
3
58
918
209
(3)
1,124
(1)
The term “debranded” refers to a franchisee-owned store whose right to use the Planet Fitness brand and marks has been terminated in accordance with the
franchise agreement. We retain the right to prevent debranded stores from continuing to operate as fitness centers. The term “consolidated” refers to the
combination of a franchisee’s store with another store located in close proximity with our prior approval. This often coincides with an enlargement, re-
equipment and/or refurbishment of the remaining store.
41
Same store sales
Same store sales refers to year-over-year sales comparisons for the same store sales base of both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores. We define the same
store sales base to include those stores that have been open and for which monthly membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months. We measure same
store sales based solely upon monthly dues billed to members of our corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores.
Several factors affect our same store sales in any given period, including the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the number of stores that have been in operation for more than 12 months;
the percentage mix of PF Black Card and standard memberships in any period;
growth in total memberships per store;
consumer recognition of our brand and our ability to respond to changing consumer preferences;
overall economic trends, particularly those related to consumer spending;
our and our franchisees’ ability to operate stores effectively and efficiently to meet consumer expectations;
marketing and promotional efforts;
local competition;
trade area dynamics; and
opening of new stores in the vicinity of existing locations.
Consistent with common industry practice, we present same store sales as compared to the same period in the prior year for all stores that have been open and for
which monthly membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months, beginning with the thirteenth month and thereafter, as applicable. Same store sales of
our international stores are calculated on a constant currency basis, meaning that we translate the current year’s same store sales of our international stores at the
same exchange rates used in the prior year. Since opening new stores will be a significant component of our revenue growth, same store sales is only one measure
of how we evaluate our performance.
In March 2015, we completed a migration to a new point-of-sale and billing system (“POS system”), which gives us enhanced control over membership billing
practices across all stores and allows us to create mandatory requirements to discontinue the attempted billing of delinquent membership accounts. We believe
these changes in our billing practices are beneficial to our brand by controlling collection practices on delinquent accounts and do not believe they will have a
negative impact on net membership billings collected by our corporate-owned or franchisee-owned stores. However, we expect the changes in our billing practices,
which commenced in the second quarter of 2015, to cause our royalties to be lower due to earlier terminations of billings of certain delinquent accounts upon which
we previously received royalty payments. While we do not believe that the impact on our royalties in the future will be material, these new billing practices have
negatively impacted our same store sales metrics during 2016 as monthly EFT in 2016 included fewer delinquent membership accounts. Due in part to certain
limitations of our prior POS system, we are unable to provide comparable same store sales data for prior periods had these changes in billing practices been
implemented previously.
Stores acquired from or sold to franchisees are removed from the franchisee-owned or corporate-owned same store sales base, as applicable, upon the ownership
change and for the twelve months following the date of the ownership change. These stores are included in the corporate-owned or franchisee-owned same store
sales base, as applicable, following the twelfth month after the acquisition or sale. These stores remain in the system-wide same store sales base in all periods.
42
The following table shows our same store sales for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
Same store sales growth:
Franchisee-owned stores
Corporate-owned stores
System-wide stores
Number of stores in same store sales base:
Franchisee-owned stores
Corporate-owned stores
Total stores
Net member growth per store
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
10.5%
4.9%
10.2%
9.0%
4.9%
8.8%
1,213
58
1,271
1,027
58
1,085
8.3%
1.9%
7.7%
837
55
892
Net member growth per store refers to the change in total members in relation to total stores over time. We capture all membership changes daily through our
point-of-sale system. We monitor a combination of membership growth, average members per store, average monthly EFT, transfers from or to an individual store
location and daily cash collected for enrollment fees related to new members. We seek to make it simple for members to join, whether online or in-store, and, while
some memberships require a cancellation fee, we offer, and require our franchisees to offer, a non-committal membership option. This approach to memberships is
part of our commitment to appeal to new and occasional gym users. As a result, we do not measure membership attrition as an operating metric in assessing our
performance. We primarily attribute our membership growth to the growth of our franchisee-owned store base.
Average royalty fee percentages for the franchisee-owned stores
The average royalty fee percentage represents royalties collected by us from our franchisees as a percentage of the monthly membership dues and annual fees that
are billed by the franchisees to their member base. We have varying royalty fee structures with our franchisee base, ranging from a fixed monthly fee of $500 to a
royalty of 7.0% of total monthly EFT and annual membership fees across our franchisee base. Our royalty fee in the U.S. and Canada has increased over time to a
current rate of 7.0% for new franchisees.
PF Black Card penetration percentage
Our PF Black Card penetration percentage represents the number of our members that have opted to enroll in our PF Black Card membership program as a
percentage of our total active membership base. PF Black Card members pay higher monthly membership dues than our standard membership and receive
additional benefits for these additional fees. These benefits include access to all of our stores system-wide and access to exclusive areas in our stores that provide
amenities such as water massage beds, massage chairs, tanning equipment and more. We view PF Black Card penetration percentage as a critical metric in
assessing the performance and growth of our business.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We refer to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and four-wall EBITDA as we use these measures to evaluate our operating performance and we believe these measures
are useful to investors in evaluating our performance. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and four-wall EBITDA as presented in this Form 10-K are supplemental
measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and four-wall EBITDA should
not be considered as substitutes for GAAP metrics such as net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. Also, in the future we
may incur expenses or charges such as those added back to calculate Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and four-wall EBITDA
should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. We have also disclosed Segment EBITDA as an
important financial metric utilized by the Company to evaluate performance and allocate resources to segments in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting.
As part of such disclosure in “Our Segments” within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Company has
provided a reconciliation from income from operations to Total Segment EBITDA, which is equal to the Non-GAAP financial metric EBITDA.
43
We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA, which eliminates the impact of certain expenses
that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance, provides useful information to investors to ass ess the performance of our segments as well as
the business as a whole. Our Board of Directors also uses EBITDA as a key metric to assess the performance of management. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net
income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amorti zation, adjusted for the impact of certain additional non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our
evaluation of ongoing performance of the Company’s core operations. These items include certain purchase accounting adjustments, management fees, certain IT
system upgrade costs, transaction fees, stock offering-related costs, IPO-related compensation expense, severance expense, pre-opening costs and certain other
charges and gains. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operat ing performance in addition to EBITDA because it eliminates the impact
of other items that we believe reduce the comparability of our underlying core business performance from period to period and is therefore useful to our investors
in comparing the core performance of our business from period to period. Four-wall EBITDA is an assessment of store-level profitability for stores included in the
same-store-sales base, which adjusts for certain administrative and other items that we do not consider in our eval uation of store-level performance.
A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
(in thousands)
Net income
Interest expense, net (1)
Provision for income taxes (2)
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA
Purchase accounting adjustments-revenue (3)
Purchase accounting adjustments-rent (4)
Management fees (5)
IT system upgrade costs (6)
Transaction fees (7)
Stock offering-related costs (8)
IPO-related compensation expense (9)
Severance costs (10)
Pre-opening costs (11)
Early lease termination costs (12)
Equipment discount (13)
Indemnification receivable (14)
Tax benefit arrangement remeasurement (15)
Other (16)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
$
$
55,601
35,283
373,580
31,761
496,225
1,532
725
—
—
1,030
977
—
—
1,017
719
(107)
—
(317,354)
(32)
$
184,732
$
71,247
27,125
18,661
31,502
148,535
487
861
—
—
3,001
2,604
—
423
—
—
(1,754)
(2,772)
72
(840)
$
150,617
38,130
24,549
9,148
32,158
103,985
713
893
1,899
3,901
—
7,697
6,155
—
793
—
—
—
(2,550)
—
123,486
(1)
(2)
(3)
Includes $0.6 million of loss on extinguishment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2016.
I ncludes $334.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act.
Represents the impact of revenue-related purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition. At the time of the 2012 Acquisition, the
Company maintained a deferred revenue account, which consisted of deferred area development agreement fees, deferred franchise fees, and deferred
enrollment fees that the Company billed and collected up front but recognizes for GAAP purposes at a later date. In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, it
was determined that the carrying amount of deferred revenue was greater than the fair value assessed in accordance with ASC 805—Business
Combinations, which resulted in a write-down of the carrying value of the deferred revenue balance upon application of acquisition push-down accounting
under ASC 805. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, these amounts represent the additional revenue that would have been recognized
in those years if the write-down to deferred revenue had not occurred in connection with the application of acquisition pushdown accounting.
44
(4)
(5)
Represents the impact of rent related purchase accounting adjustments. In accordance with guidance in ASC 805 – Business Combinations, in connection
with the 2012 Acquisition, the Company’s deferred rent liability was r equired to be written off as of the acquisition date and rent is being recorded on a
straight-line basis from the acquisition date through the end of the lease term. This resulted in higher overall rent expense each period than would have
otherwise been re corded had the deferred rent liability not been written off as a result of the acquisition push down accounting applied in accordance with
ASC 805. Adjustments of $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 20 15, respectively, reflect the
difference between the higher rent expense recorded in accordance with GAAP since the acquisition and the rent expense that would have been recorded had
the 2012 Acquisition not occurred. Adjustments of $0.3 million, $0.4 mill ion and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,
respectively, are due to the amortization of favorable and unfavorable lease intangible assets which were recorded in connection with the 2012 Acquisition
and the acquisition of eig ht franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. All of the rent related purchase accounting adjustments are adjustments to rent
expense which is included in store operations on our consolidated statements of operations.
Represents management fees and expenses paid to a management company affiliated with TSG pursuant to a management services agreement that
terminated in connection with the IPO, including a $1.0 million termination fee in the year ended December 31, 2015.
Represents costs associated with certain IT system upgrades, primarily related to our point-of-sale systems.
Represents transaction fees and expenses related to the amendment of our credit facility in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in connection with offerings of the Company’s Class A common stock.
Represents cash-based and equity-based compensation expense recorded in connection with the IPO.
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10) Represents severance expense recorded in connection with an equity award modification.
(11) Represents costs associated with new corporate-owned stores incurred prior to the store opening, including payroll-related costs, rent and occupancy
expenses, marketing and other store operating supply expenses.
(12) Represents charges and expenses incurred in connection with the early termination of the lease for our previous headquarters.
(13) Represents a gain recorded in connection with the write-off of a previously accrued deferred equipment discount that is no longer expected to be utilized.
This amount was originally recognized through purchase accounting in connection with the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014.
(14) Represents a receivable recorded in connection with a contractual obligation of the Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-
IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition.
(15) Represents gains and losses related to the adjustment of our tax benefit arrangements primarily due to changes in our effective tax rate. In the year ended
December 31, 2017, includes expense of $316.8 million related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to the
2017 Tax Act.
(16) Represents certain other charges and gains that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance. In 2016, the net gain primarily related to
proceeds received from an insurance settlement.
45
As a result of the recapitalization transactions that occurred prior to our IPO, the New LLC Agreement designated Planet Fitness, Inc. as the sole managing member
of Pla-Fit Holdings. As the sole managing member, Planet Fitness, Inc. exclusively operates and controls the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings. As a result of
the recapitalization transacti ons and the New LLC Agreement, Planet Fitness, Inc. consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings, and Pla-Fit Holdings is considered the
predecessor to Planet Fitness, Inc. for accounting purposes. Our presentation of Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share , diluted gives effect to the
consolidation of Pla-Fit Holdings with Planet Fitness, Inc. resulting from the recapitalization transactions and the New LLC Agreement as of January 1, 2015. In
addition, Adjusted net income assumes all net income is attributa ble to Planet Fitness, Inc., which assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units for
shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc., adjusted for certain non-recurring items that we do not believe directly reflect our core operations. Adjusted
net income per share, diluted is calculated by dividing Adjusted net income by the total weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding as though
the IPO had occurred and those shares were outstanding for each period presented and as suming the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and
corresponding Class B common stock as of the beginning of each period presented. Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted are
supplemental measures of operating performanc e that do not represent and should not be considered alternatives to net income and earnings per share, as
determined by GAAP. We believe Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted supplement GAAP measures and enable us to more effectiv ely
evaluate our performance period-over-period. A reconciliation of Adjusted net income to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and the
computation of Adjusted net income per share, diluted are set forth below.
(in thousands, except per share data)
Net income
2017
$
Provision for income taxes, as reported (1)
Purchase accounting adjustments-revenue (2)
Purchase accounting adjustments-rent (3)
Management fees (4)
IT system upgrade costs (5)
Transaction fees (6)
Stock offering-related costs (7)
IPO-related compensation expense (8)
Severance costs (9)
Pre-opening costs (10)
Early lease termination costs (11)
Equipment discount (12)
Indemnification receivable (13)
Tax benefit arrangement remeasurement (14)
Other (15)
Purchase accounting amortization (16)
Adjusted income before income taxes
Adjusted income taxes (17)
Adjusted net income
Adjusted net income per share, diluted
Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted (18)
$
$
$
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
$
55,601
373,580
1,532
725
—
—
1,030
977
—
—
1,017
1,143
(107)
—
(317,354)
(32)
17,876
135,988
53,715
82,273
0.84
98,455
$
$
$
$
71,247
18,661
487
861
—
—
3,001
2,604
—
423
—
—
(1,754)
(2,772)
72
(522)
19,371
111,679
44,113
67,566
0.69
98,611
$
$
$
38,130
9,148
713
893
1,899
3,901
—
7,697
6,155
—
793
—
—
—
(2,550)
—
21,067
87,846
34,611
53,235
0.54
98,710
(1)
(2)
(3)
I ncludes $334.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act.
Represents the impact of revenue-related purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition. At the time of the 2012 Acquisition, the
Company maintained a deferred revenue account, which consisted of deferred area development agreement fees, deferred franchise fees, and deferred
enrollment fees that the Company billed and collected up front but recognizes for GAAP purposes at a later date. In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, it
was determined that the carrying amount of deferred revenue was greater than the fair value assessed in accordance with ASC 805—Business
Combinations, which resulted in a write-down of the carrying value of the deferred revenue balance upon application of acquisition push-down accounting
under ASC 805. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, these amounts represent the additional revenue that would have been recognized
in those years if the write-down to deferred revenue had not occurred in connection with the application of acquisition pushdown accounting.
Represents the impact of rent related purchase accounting adjustments. In accordance with guidance in ASC 805 – Business Combinations, in connection
with the 2012 Acquisition, the Company’s deferred rent liability was required to be written off as of the acquisition date and rent is being recorded on a
straight-line basis from the acquisition date through the end of the lease term. This resulted in higher overall rent expense each period than would have
otherwise been recorded had the deferred rent liability not been written off as a result of the acquisition push down accounting applied in accordance with
ASC 805. Adjustments of $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, reflect the
difference
46
(4)
between the higher rent expense recorded in accordance with GAAP since the acquisition and the rent expense that would have been recorded had the 2012
Acquisition not occurred. Adjustments of $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively,
are due to the amortization of favorable a nd unfavorable lease intangible assets which were recorded in connection with the 2012 Acquisition and the
acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. All of the rent related purchase accounting adjustments are adjustments to rent expen se
which is included in store operations on our consolidated statements of operations.
Represents management fees and expenses paid to a management company affiliated with TSG pursuant to a management services agreement that
terminated in connection with the IPO, including a $1.0 million termination fee in the year ended December 31, 2015.
Represents costs associated with certain IT system upgrades, primarily related to our point-of-sale systems.
Represents transaction fees and expenses related to the amendment of our credit facility in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in connection with offerings of the Company’s Class A common stock.
Represents cash-based and equity-based compensation expense recorded in connection with the IPO.
Represents severance expense recorded in connection with an equity award modification.
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10) Represents costs associated with new corporate-owned stores incurred prior to the store opening, including payroll-related costs, rent and occupancy
expenses, marketing and other store operating supply expenses.
(11) Represents charges and expenses incurred in connection with the early termination of the lease for our previous headquarters.
(12) Represents a gain recorded in connection with the write-off of a previously accrued deferred equipment discount that is no longer expected to be utilized.
This amount was originally recognized through purchase accounting in connection with the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014.
(13) Represents a receivable recorded in connection with a contractual obligation of the Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-
IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition.
(14 ) Represents gains and losses related to the adjustment of our tax benefit arrangements primarily due to changes in our effective tax rate. In the year ended
December 31, 2017, includes expense of $316.8 million related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to the
2017 Tax Act.
(15) Represents certain other charges and gains that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance. In 2016, the net gain primarily related to
(16)
proceeds received from an insurance settlement.
Includes $15.7 million, $16.9 million and $17.9 million of amortization of intangible assets, other than favorable leases, for the years ended December 31,
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively recorded in connection with the 2012 Acquisition, which consisted of the purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings by
investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC and $2.1 million, $2.5 million and $3.1 million of amortization of intangible assets for the
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, created in connection with the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31,
2014. The adjustment represents the amount of actual non-cash amortization expense recorded, in accordance with GAAP, in each period.
(17) Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.5%, 39.5% and 39.4% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,
respectively, applied to adjusted income before income taxes.
(18) Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of
Planet Fitness, Inc.
A reconciliation of net income per share, diluted, to Adjusted net income per share, diluted, is set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and
2015:
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (1)
Assumed exchange of shares (2)
Net Income
Adjustments to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes (3)
Adjusted income before income taxes
Adjusted income taxes (4)
Adjusted Net Income
$
$
33,146
22,455
55,601
80,387
135,988
53,715
82,273
Amount
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Weighted average
shares, diluted
Per share, diluted
0.42
$
78,972
19,483
98,455
$
0.84
(1)
(2)
(3)
Represents net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the associated weighted average shares of Class A
common stock outstanding (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K).
Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of
Planet Fitness, Inc. Also assumes the addition of net income attributable to non-controlling interests corresponding with the assumed exchange of Holdings
Units and Class B common shares for shares of Class A common stock.
Represents the total impact of all adjustments identified in the adjusted net income table above to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes.
47
(4)
Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.5% applied to adjusted income before income taxes.
Amount
Year Ended December 31, 2016
Weighted average
shares
Per share, diluted
0.50
$
43,305
55,306
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (1)
Assumed exchange of shares (2)
Net Income
Adjustments to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes (3)
Adjusted income before income taxes
Adjusted income taxes (4)
Adjusted Net Income
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Represents net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the associated weighted average shares of Class A
common stock outstanding (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K).
Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of
Planet Fitness, Inc. Also assumes the addition of net income attributable to non-controlling interests corresponding with the assumed exchange of Holdings
Units and Class B common shares for shares of Class A common stock.
Represents the total impact of all adjustments identified in the adjusted net income table above to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes.
Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.5% applied to adjusted income before income taxes.
98,611
$
0.69
Amount
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Weighted average
shares
Per share, diluted
0.11
$
36,244
62,466
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (1)
Assumed exchange of shares (2)
Net income subsequent to the recapitalization transactions
Net income prior to the recapitalization transactions
Net Income
Adjustments to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes (3)
Adjusted income before income taxes
Adjusted income taxes (4)
Adjusted Net Income
$
$
21,500
49,747
71,247
40,432
111,679
44,113
67,566
$
$
4,106
19,348
23,454
14,676
38,130
49,716
87,846
34,611
53,235
98,710
$
0.54
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Represents net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the period from August 6, 2015 through December 31, 2015, the period following the
recapitalization transactions and IPO, and the associated weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (see Note 13 to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this form 10-K).
Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of
Planet Fitness, Inc. Also assumes the addition of net income attributable to non-controlling interests corresponding with the assumed exchange of Holdings
Units and Class B common shares for shares of Class A common stock.
Represents the total impact of all adjustments identified in the adjusted net income table above to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes.
Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.4% applied to adjusted income before income taxes.
The following table reconciles corporate-owned stores segment EBITDA to four-wall EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017:
(in thousands)
Corporate-owned stores segment
New stores (1)
Selling, general and administrative (2)
Impact of eliminations (3)
Rebate to royalty adjustment (4)
Purchase accounting adjustments (5)
Four-wall EBITDA
Royalty adjustment (6)
Royalty adjusted four-wall EBITDA
Revenue
Year Ended December 31, 2017
EBITDA
112,114 $
(101)
—
—
—
—
112,013 $
—
112,013 $
46,855
1,351
2,860
(1,732)
1,759
725
51,818
(7,744)
44,074
EBITDA Margin
41.8%
46.3%
39.3%
$
$
$
48
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Includes the impact of stores open less than 13 months and those which have not yet opened.
Reflects administrative costs attributable to the corporate-owned stores segment but not directly related to store operations.
Reflects intercompany charges for royalties and other fees which eliminate in consolidation.
Adjusts EBITDA to add the estimated expense reduction a store will receive in conjunction with paying the 7.0% royalty rate, calculated based on an
estimated 1.59% of gross EFT
Represents the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition and our acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores
during 2014. These are primarily related to fair value adjustments to deferred rent.
Includes the effect of royalties paid by the franchisee at a rate of 7.0% per our current franchisee agreement.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
Revenue:
Franchise revenue
Commission income
Franchise segment
Corporate-owned stores
Equipment
Total revenue
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue
Store operations
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Other loss (gain)
Total operating costs and expenses
Income from operations
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expense, net
Other income (expense), net
Total other income (expense), net
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.
30.7%
4.2%
34.9%
26.1%
39.0%
100.0%
30.1%
14.1%
14.0%
7.4%
0.1%
65.7%
34.3%
(8.2%)
73.7%
65.5%
99.8%
86.9%
12.9%
5.2%
7.7%
25.7%
5.1%
30.8%
27.7%
41.5%
100.0%
32.3%
15.9%
13.2%
8.3%
(0.4%)
69.3%
30.7%
(7.2%)
0.4%
(6.8%)
23.9%
4.9%
19.0%
13.2%
5.8%
21.7%
4.9%
26.6%
29.8%
43.6%
100.0%
34.4%
17.4%
16.8%
9.7%
(0.1%)
78.2%
21.8%
(7.4%)
(0.2%)
(7.6%)
14.2%
2.8%
11.4%
5.9%
5.5%
49
The following table sets forth a comparison of our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
(in thousands)
Revenue:
Franchise revenue
Commission income
Franchise segment
Corporate-owned stores
Equipment
Total revenue
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue
Store operations
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Other loss (gain)
Total operating costs and expenses
Income from operations
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expense, net
Other income (expense), net
Total other income (expense), net
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016
Revenue
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
$
$
131,983 $
18,172
150,155
112,114
167,673
429,942
129,266
60,657
60,369
31,761
353
282,406
147,536
(35,283)
316,928
281,645
429,181
373,580
55,601
22,455
33,146 $
97,374 $
19,114
116,488
104,721
157,032
378,241
122,317
60,121
50,008
31,502
(1,369)
262,579
115,662
(27,125)
1,371
(25,754)
89,908
18,661
71,247
49,747
21,500 $
71,762
16,323
88,085
98,390
144,062
330,537
113,492
57,485
55,573
32,158
(273)
258,435
72,102
(24,549)
(275)
(24,824)
47,278
9,148
38,130
19,612
18,518
Total revenues were $429.9 million in 2017, compared to $378.2 million in 2016, an increase of $51.7 million, or 13.7%.
Franchise segment revenue was $150.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $116.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase
of $33.7 million, or 28.9%.
Franchise revenue was $132.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $97.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $34.6
million or 35.5%. Included in franchise revenue is royalty revenue of $93.6 million, franchise and other fees of $27.0 million, and placement revenue of $11.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to royalty revenue of $64.6 million, franchise and other fees of $22.3 million, and placement revenue of
$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Of the $29.1 million increase in royalty revenue, $8.5 million was attributable to royalties from new stores
opened in 2017 as well as stores that opened in 2016 that were not included in the same store sales base, and $14.5 million attributable to a same store sales
increase of 10.5% in franchisee-owned stores, and $6.1 million was attributable to higher revenue from annual fees. The $4.7 million increase in franchise and
other fees was attributable to higher ADA and franchise fees of $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 2016. Additionally we had higher
web join income of $2.0 million and transaction fee income of $0.8 million, both a result of a higher number of franchisee-owned stores in the year ended
December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
Commission income, which is included in our franchise segment, was $18.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $19.1 million in the year
ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $0.9 million or 4.9%. The decrease primarily reflects the elimination of certain rebates and commissions that were
historically paid to us in the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
Revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment was $112.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $104.7 million in the year ended
December 31, 2016, an increase of $7.4 million, or 7.1%. Of the $7.4 million increase, $4.4 million was attributable to same store sales from corporate-owned
stores which increased 4.9% in the year ended December 31, 2017, and $3.6 million was attributable to higher revenue from annual fees.
Equipment segment revenue was $167.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $157.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an
increase of $10.6 million, or 6.8%. The $10.6 million increase was driven by an increase in replacement
50
equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores, partially offset by lower equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores related to 10 fewer new equipment
sales in the year ended December 31, 2017, as comp ared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue was $129.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $122.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $6.9
million, or 5.7%. Cost of revenue primarily relates to our equipment segment. The increase was primarily due to the impact of more existing franchisee-owned
stores purchasing replacement equipment in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, partially offset by a decrease in
the number of equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores. The increase in costs is consistent with the increase in equipment revenue.
Store operations
Store operation expenses, which relates to our corporate-owned stores segment, were $60.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $60.1
million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $0.5 million, or 0.9%.
Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $60.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $50.0 million in the year ended December 31,
2016, an increase of $10.4 million, or 20.7%. The $10.4 million increase was primarily due to additional expenses incurred during the year ended December 31,
2017 to support our growing operations, including additional headcount, infrastructure, and public company expenses. Partially offsetting this increase was $1.7
million of lower costs incurred in connection with secondary offerings in the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
With respect to our growing franchisee operations, we anticipate that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as our franchisee-
owned store count grows.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense consists of the depreciation of property and equipment, including leasehold and building improvements and equipment.
Amortization expense consists of amortization related to our intangible assets, including customer relationships and non-compete agreements.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $31.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $31.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016,
an increase of $0.3 million, or 0.8%.
Other loss (gain)
Other loss (gain) was a loss of $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to a gain of $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 . The $
0.4 million loss in the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to losses incurred with the early termination of the lease on our previous
headquarters, partially offset by a gain on the sale of fixed assets. The $1.4 million gain in the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily attributable to
insurance proceeds received during 2016, in addition to a gain on the sale of fixed assets.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense primarily consists of interest on long-term debt as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs.
Interest expense, net was $35.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $27.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $8.2
million, or 30.1%. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily a result of the additional $230.0 million in borrowings under our senior secured credit facility
which occurred on November 10, 2016. In addition we recorded $1.0 million and $0.6 million of expense on the extinguishment of debt related to the write-off of
deferred financing costs in connection with the refinancings of our term loan in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Other income (expense)
Other income was $316.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to income of $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of
$315.6 million. In 2017, other income included a gain of $317.4 million primarily related to the remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements in connection with
changes in the tax rate due to the 2017 Tax Act, partially offset by $1.0 million of third party fees recorded in connection with the May 2017 amendment of our
credit facility. In 2016, other income included a $2.8 million gain related to the recording of a receivable in connection with a contractual obligation of the
Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition, and a $1.8 million gain recorded in
connection with the write-off of a previously accrued equipment discount that is no longer expected to be utilized which was originally recognized through
purchase accounting in connection with the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014, partially offset by $3.0 million of third party fees
recorded in connection with the November amendment of our credit facility. Other income (expense) also includes realized gains (losses) on derivative activities as
well as the effects of foreign currency gains and losses.
51
Provision for income taxes
Income tax expense was $373.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of
$354.9 million. Prior to the recapitalization transactions, Pla-Fit Holdings was treated as a pass through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes as well as in
most states. As a result, entity level taxes were not significant and the provision for income taxes primarily consisted of tax expense related to the state of New
Hampshire and Canada as well as certain other local taxes.
Subsequent to the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our
allocable share of any net taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings. Our then-current tax rate of 39.5% for the years ended December 31 2017 and 2016, was calculated
using the U.S. federal income tax rate and the statutory rates applied to income apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction. This tax rate has been applied to the
portion of income before taxes that represents the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions and
IPO. The provision for income taxes also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.1% and 2.0% for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the year ended
December 31, 2016, respectively, applied to non-controlling interests, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings.
On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Act was enacted, making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a
corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% beginning on January 1, 2018, the transition of U.S international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a modified
territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. We have calculated
our best estimate of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act in our year end income tax provision in accordance with our understanding of the law and available guidance
and as a result have recorded $334.0 million as additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted,
primarily related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. The 2017 Tax Act also caused a remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements.
Of the $354.9 million increase in the provision for income taxes $334.0 is attributable to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets in connection with changes
in the tax rate due to the 2017 Tax Act, as well as the increased economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. in the year ended December 31,
2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 as a result of the exchanges by Continuing LLC Owners of shares of Class B common stock for shares of
Class A common stock. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized $2.8 million within tax expense related to the
establishment of a reserve for an uncertain tax position including interest of $0.5 million. This amount relates to a potential liability associated with a 2012 state
filing position currently under audit by the taxing authorities. We also recorded a receivable related to this potential liability in connection with a contractual
obligation of the Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition.
Segment results
Franchise
Segment EBITDA for the franchise segment was $126.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $97.3 million in the year ended December 31,
2016, an increase of $29.2 million, or 30.0%. This increase was primarily the result of growth in our franchise segment revenue of $33.7 million, including $14.5
million attributable to a same store sales increase of 10.5% from franchisee-owned stores, $8.5 million due to higher royalties received from additional franchisee-
owned stores not included in the same store sales base, $6.1 million attributable to higher revenue from annual fees, and $4.7 million attributable to higher
franchise and other fees. Partially offsetting the increased franchise segment revenue was higher compensation and marketing expenses in the year ended
December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Depreciation and amortization was $8.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 and
the year ended December 31, 2016.
Corporate-owned stores
Segment EBITDA for the corporate-owned stores segment was $46.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $40.8 million in the year ended
December 31, 2016, an increase of $6.0 million, or 14.7%. Of the increase, $4.4 million was attributable to same store sales from corporate-owned stores which
increased 4.9% and $ 3.6 million was attributable to higher revenue on annual fees. These increases were partially offset by $1.4 million of net negative EBITDA
incurred in connection with the opening of four new corporate owned stores in the fourth quarter of 2017. Depreciation and amortization was $15.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Equipment
Segment EBITDA for the equipment segment was $38.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $36.4 million in the year ended December 31,
2016, an increase of $2.1 million, or 5.8%, primarily as a result of higher replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores, partially offset by a
decrease in the number of equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
Depreciation and amortization was $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
52
Comp arison of the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
Revenue
Total revenues were $378.2 million in 2016, compared to $330.5 million in 2015, an increase of $47.7 million, or 14.4%.
Franchise segment revenue was $116.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $88.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase
of $28.4 million, or 32.2%.
Franchise revenue was $97.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $71.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $25.6
million or 35.7%. Included in franchise revenue is royalty revenue of $64.6 million, franchise and other fees of $22.3 million, and placement revenue of $10.5
million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to royalty revenue of $46.2 million, franchise and other fees of $15.8 million, and placement revenue of
$9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Of the $18.4 million increase in royalty revenue, $6.2 million was attributable to royalties from new stores
opened in 2016 as well as stores that opened in 2015 that were not included in the same store sales base, and $9.0 million attributable to a same store sales increase
of 9.0% in franchisee-owned stores, and $3.3 million was attributable to higher revenue from annual fees. The $6.5 million increase in franchise and other fees was
attributable to higher ADA and franchise fees of $2.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. Additionally we had higher web join income
of $2.0 million and transaction fee income of $1.8 million, both a result of a higher number of franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2016 as
compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.
Commission income, which is included in our franchise segment, was $19.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $16.3 million in the year
ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $2.8 million or 17.1%. The increase primarily reflects a higher volume of franchisee purchases from vendors due to the
higher franchisee-owned store count in the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.
Revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment was $104.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $98.4 million in the year ended
December 31, 2015, an increase of $6.3 million, or 6.4%. Of the $6.3 million increase, $4.0 million was attributable to same store sales from corporate-owned
stores which increased 4.9% in the year ended December 31, 2016, $0.9 million was due to higher revenue from stores not included in the same store sales base,
and $1.9 million was attributable to higher revenue from annual fees.
Equipment segment revenue was $157.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $144.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, an
increase of $13.0 million, or 9.0%. The $13.0 million increase was primarily attributable to higher replacement equipment sales, partially offset by a decrease in the
number of equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue was $122.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $113.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $8.8
million, or 7.8%. Cost of revenue primarily relates to our equipment segment. The increase was primarily due to the impact of more existing franchisee-owned
stores purchasing replacement equipment in the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, partially offset by a decrease in
the number of equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores. The increase in costs is consistent with the increase in equipment revenue. There were no direct
costs associated with our previous point-of-sale system in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.
Store operations
Store operation expenses, which relates to our corporate-owned stores segment, were $60.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $57.5
million in the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $2.6 million, or 4.6%. Of the $2.6 million increase, $1.1 million was attributable to higher expenses
related to repairs and maintenance on existing stores, and $1.5 million was due to higher store labor and benefits on existing stores.
Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $50.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $55.6 million in the year ended December 31,
2015, a decrease of $5.6 million, or 10.0%. Of the $5.6 million decrease, $6.2 million was due to cash-based and equity-based compensation expense recorded in
connection with the IPO and $5.1 million was from higher offering related costs in 2015 compared to 2016. We also incurred $3.9 million of increased costs related
to information technology in 2015, which was primarily attributable to the rollout of a new point-of-sale system. The point-of-sale system rollout began in late
2014 and was completed in April 2015. Offsetting these decreases during 2016, we incurred additional expenses to support our growing franchisee operations,
including additional headcount and infrastructure to provide training, development, preopening support and store operational excellence functions as well as
incremental ongoing public company expenses. With respect to our growing franchisee operations, we anticipate that our selling, general and administrative
expenses will continue to increase as our franchisee-owned store count grows.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense consists of the depreciation of property and equipment, including leasehold and building improvements and equipment.
Amortization expense consists of amortization related to our intangible assets, including customer relationships and non-compete agreements.
53
Depreciation and amortization expense was $31.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $32.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, a
decrease of $0.7 million, or 2.0%.
Other (gain) loss
Other (gain) loss was a gain of $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to a gain of $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 . The
$1.4 million gain in the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily attributable to insurance proceeds received during 2016.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense primarily consists of interest on long-term debt as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs.
Interest expense, net was $27.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $24.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $2.6
million, or 10.5%. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily a result of the additional $230.0 million and $120.0 million in borrowings under our senior
secured credit facility which occurred on November 10, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively. In addition we recorded $0.6 million of expense on the
extinguishment of debt related to the write-off of deferred financing costs in connection with the refinancing of our term loan in the year ended December 31, 2016.
Other income (expense)
Other income was $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to other expense of $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase
of $1.7 million. Other income (expense) primarily consists of realized gains (losses) on derivative activities as well as the effects of foreign currency gains and
losses. In 2016, other income also included a $2.8 million gain related to the recording of a receivable in connection with a contractual obligation of the Company’s
co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition, and a $1.8 million gain recorded in connection with
the write-off of a previously accrued equipment discount that is no longer expected to be utilized which was originally recognized through purchase accounting in
connection with the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014, partially offset by $3.0 million of third party fees recorded in connection with
the November amendment of our credit facility. In 2015, the expense included a charge of $1.0 million for a termination fee related to the TSG management
agreement which was terminated in connection with the IPO, and was partially offset by a gain of $2.6 million related to an adjustment to our tax benefit
arrangement primarily due to changes in our effective tax rate.
Provision for income taxes
Income tax expense was $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $9.5
million. Prior to the recapitalization transactions, Pla-Fit Holdings was treated as a pass through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes as well as in most
states. As a result, entity level taxes were not significant and the provision for income taxes primarily consisted of tax expense related to the state of New
Hampshire and Canada as well as certain other local taxes.
Subsequent to the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our
allocable share of any net taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings. Our then-current tax rate of 39.5% and 39.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the year
ended December 31, 2015, respectively, was calculated using the U.S. federal income tax rate and the statutory rates applied to income apportioned to each state
and local jurisdiction. This tax rate has been applied to the portion of income before taxes that represents the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet
Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions and IPO. The provision for income taxes also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.0% and 2.5% for the
year ended December 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively, applied to non-controlling interests, excluding income from variable interest
entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings.
The $9.5 million increase in the provision for income taxes is primarily attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. being subject to a full year of federal income taxes in the
year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the post-IPO period in the year ended December 31, 2015 as well as the increased economic interest in Pla-Fit
Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of the exchanges by
Continuing LLC Owners of shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2016, the
Company recognized $2.8 million within tax expense related to the establishment of a reserve for an uncertain tax position including interest of $0.5 million. This
amount relates to a potential liability associated with a 2012 state filing position currently under audit by the taxing authorities. We also recorded a receivable
related to this potential liability in connection with a contractual obligation of the Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-IPO tax
liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition.
Segment results
Franchise
Segment EBITDA for the franchise segment was $97.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $66.0 million in the year ended December 31,
2015, an increase of $31.2 million, or 47.3%. This increase was primarily the result of growth in our franchise segment revenue of $28.4 million, including $9.0
million attributable to a same store sales increase of 9.0% from franchisee-owned stores, $6.2 million due to higher royalties received from additional franchisee-
owned stores not included in the same store sales base, $6.5 million attributable to higher franchise and other fees, $3.3 million attributable to higher revenue from
annual fees and $2.8 million
54
from higher vendor commissions. Depreciation and amortization was $8.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015.
Corporate-owned stores
Segment EBITDA for the corporate-owned stores segment was $40.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $36.1 million in the year ended
December 31, 2015, an increase of $4.8 million, or 13.2%. Of the increase, $4.0 million was attributable to same store sales from corporate-owned stores which
increased 4.9% in the year ended December 31, 2016. Depreciation and amortization was $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $17.2
million for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Equipment
Segment EBITDA for the equipment segment was $36.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $31.9 million in the year ended December 31,
2015, an increase of $4.5 million, or 14.1%, primarily as a result of higher replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores, partially offset by a
decrease in the number of equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.
Depreciation and amortization was $6.2 million for both the year ended December 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2017, we had $113.1 million of cash and cash equivalents. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, we had borrowing capacity of $75.0 million
under our revolving credit facility.
We require cash principally to fund day-to-day operations, to finance capital investments, to service our outstanding debt and obligations under our tax benefit
arrangements and to address our working capital needs. Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that with our available cash
balance, the cash generated from our operations, and amounts available under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our anticipated debt service
requirements and obligations under our tax benefit arrangements, capital expenditures, payments of tax distributions and working capital needs for at least the next
twelve months. We believe that we will be able to meet these obligations even if we experience no growth in sales or profits. Our ability to continue to fund these
items and continue to reduce debt could be adversely affected by the occurrence of any of the events described under “Risk Factors.” There can be no assurance,
however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available under our revolving credit facility or
otherwise to enable us to service our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, or to make anticipated capital expenditures. Our future operating
performance and our ability to service, extend or refinance the senior secured credit facility will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business
and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
The following table presents summary cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:
(in thousands)
Net cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash
Net increase in cash
Operating activities
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
131,021
$
(37,042)
(21,703)
411
72,687
$
108,817
(14,694)
(85,183)
23
8,963
For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by operating activities was $131.0 million compared to $108.8 million in the year ended December 31,
2016, an increase of $23.9 million, and was primarily due to net income after adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities of
$149.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $126.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2016.
55
Investing activities
Cash flow used in investing activities related to the following capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:
(in thousands)
New corporate-owned stores
Existing corporate-owned stores
Information systems
Corporate and all other
Total capital expenditures
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
7,633
22,510
1,416
6,163
37,722
$
$
-
14,070
884
423
15,377
For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $37.0 million compared to $14.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an
increase of $22.3 million. This increase was primarily due to higher capital expenditures related to new corporate-owned stores, existing corporate owned stores,
and the relocation of our corporate headquarters in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
Financing activities
For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in financing activities was $21.7 million compared to $85.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, a
decrease of $63.5 million. Primary cash outflows in the year ended December 31, 2017 included repayments of long-term debt of $7.2 million and distributions to
members of Pla-Fit Holdings of $11.4 million. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we had proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $230.0 million, offset
by the payment of a cash dividend to shareholders of our Class A common stock of $169.3 million, dividend equivalent payments to Continuing LLC Owners of
$101.7 million, other distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings of $31.8 million, repayments of long-term debt of $5.6 million and payment of deferred
financing and other debt-related costs of $5.2 million.
On November 10, 2016, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility to provide for an increase of $230.0 million in term loan
borrowings for a total of $718.5 million, decrease our interest rate spread on our term loan by 25 basis points, and increase our revolving credit facility to $75.0
million. The full incremental borrowing of $230.0 million and approximately $41.0 million of cash on hand was used to pay a cash dividend of $169.3 million to
shareholders of our Class A common stock and make cash dividend equivalent payments of $101.7 million to Continuing LLC Owners.
The following table presents summary cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:
(in thousands)
Net cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash
Operating activities
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
$
$
108,817 $
(14,694)
(85,183)
23
8,963
$
81,663
(19,161)
(74,240)
(123)
(11,861)
For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by operating activities was $108.8 million compared to $81.7 million in the year ended December 31,
2015, an increase of $27.2 million, and was primarily due to net income after adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities of
$126.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $81.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, partially offset by higher cash used for
working capital driven by unfavorable changes in accounts receivable, other assets and other current assets, income taxes, equipment deposits, and payables to
related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements.
56
Investing activities
Cash flow used in investing activities related to the following capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:
(in thousands)
New corporate-owned stores and corporate-owned stores not
yet opened
Existing corporate-owned stores
Information systems
Corporate and all other
Total capital expenditures
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
$
$
-
14,070
884
423
15,377
$
$
5,446
11,731
1,828
483
19,488
For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $14.7 million compared to $19.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, a
decrease of $4.5 million. This decrease was primarily due to lower capital expenditures related to new corporate-owned stores and information systems, partially
offset by higher capital expenditures on existing corporate-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.
Financing activities
For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $85.2 million compared to $74.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, an
increase of $10.9 million. Proceeds from the issuance of debt was $230.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to proceeds of $120.0 million in
the year ended December 31, 2015. Offsetting these cash inflows, we paid a cash dividend to shareholders of our Class A common stock of $169.3 million and
made dividend equivalent payments to Continuing LLC Owners of $101.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to a dividend to certain
members of Pla-Fit Holdings of $140.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Additionally, other distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings were $31.8
million in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $36.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.
On November 10, 2016, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility to provide for an increase of $230.0 million in term loan
borrowings for a total of $718.5 million, decrease our interest rate spread on our term loan by 25 basis points, and increase our revolving credit facility to $75.0
million. The full incremental borrowing of $230.0 million and approximately $41.0 million of cash on hand was used to pay a cash dividend of $169.3 million to
shareholders of our Class A common stock and make cash dividend equivalent payments of $101.7 million to Continuing LLC Owners.
On August 11, 2015, we completed an IPO pursuant to which we and selling shareholders sold an aggregate of 15,525,000 shares of Class A common stock at a
public offering price of $16.00 per share. We received $156.9 million in proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which were used to
purchase Holdings Units from certain Continuing LLC Owners, at a purchase price per unit equal to the IPO price per share of Class A common stock, net of
underwriting discounts and commissions.
On March 31, 2015, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility primarily to provide for an increase of $120.0 million in term
loan borrowings for a total of $506.1 million. The full incremental borrowing of $120.0 million and $20.0 million from cash on hand was used to pay a $140.0
million dividend to certain members of Pla-Fit Holdings.
Credit Facility
Our senior secured credit facility consists of term loans and a revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the term loans bear interest, payable at least semi-
annually. The term loans require principal payments equal to approximately $7.2 million per calendar year, payable in quarterly installments with the final
scheduled principal payment on the outstanding term loan borrowings due on March 31, 2021.
The senior secured credit facility also provides for borrowings of up to $75.0 million under the revolving credit facility, of which up to $9.4 million is available for
letter of credit advances. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility (excluding letters of credit) bear interest, payable at least semi-annually. We also pay a
0.40% commitment fee per annum on the unused portion of the revolver. The revolving credit facility expires on March 31, 2019.
The credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility requires us to comply on a quarterly basis with one financial covenant which is a maximum ratio
of debt to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA (the “leverage ratio”) that becomes more restrictive over time. This covenant is only for the benefit of the revolving
credit facility. At December 31, 2017, the terms of the senior secured credit facility required that we maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 5.75 to 1.0. The
leverage ratio financial covenant will become more restrictive over time and will require us to maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 4.25 to 1.0 by June 30,
2020.
Failure to comply with this covenant would result in an event of default under our senior secured credit facility unless waived by our senior secured credit facility
lenders. An event of default under our senior secured credit facility can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility, which in turn can result in
an event of default and possible acceleration of our other indebtedness, if any.
57
As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with our senior secured credit facility financial covenant with a leverage ratio of 3.4 to 1.0 which was calculated
for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 based upon certain adjustments to EBITDA, as provided for under the terms of our senior secured credit facility.
On March 31, 2015, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility primarily to provide for an increase of $120.0 million in term
loan borrowings for a total of $506.1 million. The full incremental borrowing of $120.0 million plus $20.0 million from cash on hand was used to fund a $140.0
million dividend to members of Pla-Fit Holdings.
On November 10, 2016, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility to provide for an increase of $230.0 million in term loan
borrowings for a total of $718.5 million, decrease the interest rate spread on our term loan by 25 basis points, and increase our revolving credit facility to $75.0
million. The full incremental borrowing of $230.0 million and approximately $41.0 million of cash on hand was used to pay a cash dividend of $169.3 million to
shareholders of our Class A common stock and make cash dividend equivalent payments of $101.7 million to Continuing LLC owners. The incremental term loan
borrowings bear a variable rate of interest of the greater of LIBOR or 0.75% in respect of the term loans plus the applicable margin of 3.50%. In connection with
the increased borrowings under the term loans, the contractually required leverage ratios under the covenants were adjusted. All other terms and conditions remain
unchanged under the senior secured credit facility.
On May 26, 2017, we further amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility to reduce the applicable interest rate margin for term loan
borrowings by 50 basis points, with an additional 25 basis point reduction in applicable interest rate possible in the future so long as the Total Net Leverage Ratio
(as defined in the credit agreement) is less than 3.50 to 1.00. The amendment also reduced the interest rate margin for revolving loan borrowings by 25 basis points.
Share Repurchase Program
On February 22, 2018, our board of directors approved an increase of $80 million to our current $20 million share repurchase program, bringing the total
authorized amount available for repurchase to $100 million. The timing of the purchases and the amount of stock repurchased is subject to the Company’s
discretion and will depend on market and business conditions, the Company’s general working capital needs, stock price, applicable legal requirements and other
factors. Our ability to repurchase shares at any particular time is also subject to continued compliance with the terms of our credit agreement. Purchases may be
effected through one or more open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, transactions structured through investment banking institutions, or a
combination of the foregoing. The Company is not obligated under the program to acquire any particular amount of stock and can suspend or terminate the program
at any time.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table presents contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2017.
(in thousands)
Long-term debt (1)
Interest on long-term debt (2)
Obligations under tax benefit arrangements (3)
Operating leases
Advertising commitments (4)
Purchase obligations (5)
Total Contractual Obligations
Total
709,470
136,891
431,360
109,949
30,402
10,823
1,428,895
$
$
$
Payments due during the years ending December 31,
2019-2020
2021-2022
2018
Thereafter
7,185
32,867
31,062
14,563
27,186
10,823
123,686
$
14,370
64,542
46,894
25,934
2,471
—
154,211
$
687,915
39,482
48,492
20,740
745
—
797,374
$
—
—
304,912
48,712
—
—
353,624
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Long-term debt payments include scheduled principal payments only.
Assumes an annual interest rate of 4.69% and 4.57% for 3 month lock and 1 month lock, respectively, for the term of the loan.
Timing of payments under tax benefit arrangements is estimated.
As of December 31, 2017, we had advertising purchase commitments of approximately $30.4 million, including commitments for the NAF.
Purchase obligations consists of $10.8 million for open purchase orders primarily related to equipment to be sold to franchisees. For the majority of our
equipment purchase obligations, our policy is to require the franchisee to provide us with either a deposit or proof of a committed financing arrangement.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2017, our off-balance sheet arrangements consisted of operating leases and certain guarantees. In a limited number of cases, we have
guaranteed certain leases and debt agreements of entities previously related through common ownership. These guarantees relate to leases for operating space,
equipment and other operating costs of franchises operated by those entities. Our maximum total commitment under these agreements is approximately $1.0
million and would only require payment upon default by the primary obligor. The estimated fair value of these guarantees at December 31, 2017 was not material,
and no accrual has been recorded
58
for our potential obligation under these arrangements. See Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for more
information regarding these operating leases and guarantees.
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of operating results and financial condition are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we
believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our consolidated financial statements including those that involve difficult, subjective or complex
judgments by management. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting policies is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We
believe that the critical accounting policies listed below are those that are most important to the portrayal of our results of operations or involve the most difficult
management decisions related to the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above.
Revenue recognition
Franchise revenue
Franchisees enter into ADAs with us to secure the exclusive right to open stores within a defined geographical area. ADAs establish the timing and number of
stores to be developed within the defined geographical area. Pursuant to an ADA, a franchisee is generally required to pay an initial nonrefundable development fee
for a minimum number of stores to be developed, as outlined in the respective ADA. ADA fees collected in advance are deferred until we deliver substantially all
required obligations pursuant to the ADA. As the efforts and total cost relating to initial services are affected significantly by the number of stores opened in an
area, the respective ADA is treated as a divisible contract. As each new site is developed under an ADA, a franchisee signs a franchise agreement for the respective
franchise location. Each franchisee-owned store opened under an ADA typically has performance obligations associated with it, and we therefore recognize ADA
revenue as each individual franchisee-owned store is developed in proportion to the total number of stores to be developed under the ADA. These obligations are
typically completed once the store is opened or the franchisee executes the individual property lease. ADAs generally have an initial term equal to the number of
years over which the franchisee is required to open franchise stores, which is typically five to ten years. There is no right of refund for an executed ADA. Upon
default, as defined in the agreement, we may reacquire the rights pursuant to an ADA, and all remaining deferred revenue for the ADA is recognized at that time.
We generally charge an initial upfront nonrefundable franchise fee. Nonrefundable franchise fees are typically deferred until the franchisee executes a lease and
receives initial training for the location, which is the point at which we have determined that we have provided all of our material obligations required to recognize
revenue. The individual franchise agreements typically have a 10-year initial term but provide the franchisee with an opportunity to enter into successive renewals
subject to certain conditions.
Our current franchise agreement provides that upon the transfer of a Planet Fitness store to a different franchisee, the company is entitled to a transfer fee in the
amount of $10,000 per store being transferred, if more than one, in addition to our out-of-pocket expenses, including external legal and administrative costs we
incur in connection with the transfer. Transfer-related fees and expenses are due, payable, and recognized at the time the transfer is effectuated.
Royalties, which represent recurring fees paid by franchisees based on the franchisee-owned stores’ monthly membership dues and annual fees, are recognized on a
monthly basis over the term of the franchise agreement. As specified under certain franchise agreements, we recognize additional royalty fees as the franchisee-
owned stores attain contractual monthly membership billing threshold amounts. Beginning in 2010, for new franchise agreements entered into, we began charging a
fixed royalty percentage based upon gross membership billings.
Online member join fees are paid to us by franchisees for processing new membership transactions when a new member signs up for a membership to a franchisee-
owned store through our website.
Billing transaction fees are paid to us for the processing of franchisee membership dues and annual fees through our third-party hosted point-of-sale system.
We are generally responsible for the assembly and placement of equipment purchased from us for U.S.-based franchisee-owned stores. Placement revenue is
recognized upon completion and acceptance of the placement services at the franchise location.
59
Commission income
We recognize commission income from our franchisees’ use of certain preferred vendor arrangements. Commissions are recognized when amounts have been
earned and collectability from the vendor is reasonably assured.
Corporate-owned stores revenue
Customers are offered multiple membership choices varying in length that, in most cases, can be canceled without penalty. Monthly membership dues are earned
and recognized over the membership term. Enrollment fees are charged to new members at the commencement of their membership. We recognize enrollment fees
ratably over the estimated duration of the membership, which is generally two years. Annual membership fees are annual fees charged to members in addition to
and in order to maintain low monthly membership dues. We recognize annual membership fees ratably over the 12-month membership period. We sell Planet
Fitness-branded apparel, beverages and other accessories, which we define as retail sales. The revenue for these items is recognized at the point of sale.
Equipment revenue
We sell equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers to U.S.-based franchisee-owned stores. Equipment revenue is recognized when the
equipment is delivered, assembled, and accepted by the franchisee at each store. We recognize revenue on a gross basis in these transactions as we have determined
that we are the principal in the transaction. We have determined that we are the principal because we are the primary obligor in these transactions, we have latitude
in establishing prices for the equipment sales to franchisees, we have supplier selection discretion and are involved in determination of product specifications, and
we bear all credit risk associated with obligations to the equipment manufacturers. We charge our franchisees for all freight costs incurred for the delivery of
equipment and record these amounts within equipment revenue. Rebates from equipment vendors where we have recognized the related equipment revenue and
costs are recorded as a reduction to the cost of revenue.
Leases
We currently lease all of our corporate-owned stores and our corporate headquarters. At the inception of each lease, we determine its appropriate classification as
an operating or capital lease. The majority of our leases are operating leases. For operating leases that include rent escalations, we record the base rent expense on a
straight-line basis over the term of the lease and the difference between the base cash rentals paid and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as deferred rent.
We expend cash for leasehold improvements and to build out and equip our leased premises. We may also expend cash for structural additions that we make to
leased premises. Generally, a portion of the leasehold improvements and building costs are reimbursed to us by our landlords as construction contributions pursuant
to agreed-upon terms in our leases. If obtained, landlord construction contributions usually take the form of up-front cash, full or partial credits against our future
minimum or percentage rents otherwise payable by us, or a combination thereof. When contractually due to us, we classify tenant improvement allowances within
property and equipment and deferred rent on the consolidated balance sheets and depreciate the tenant improvement allowance on a straight-line basis over the
lease term.
Business combinations
We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting which results in the assets acquired and liabilities assumed being recorded at fair
value.
The valuation methodologies used are based on the nature of the asset or liability. The significant assets and liabilities measured at fair value include property and
equipment, intangible assets, deferred revenue and favorable and unfavorable leases. For the 2012 Acquisition, intangible assets consisted of trade and brand
names, member relationships, franchisee relationships related to both our franchise and equipment segments, non-compete agreements, order backlog and favorable
and unfavorable leases. For other acquisitions, which consist of acquisitions of stores from franchisees, intangible assets generally consist of member relationships,
re-acquired franchise rights, and favorable and unfavorable leases.
The fair value of trade and brand names is estimated using the relief from royalty method, an income approach to valuation, which includes projecting future
system-wide sales and other estimates. Membership relationships and franchisee relationships are valued based on an estimate of future revenues and costs related
to the respective contracts over the remaining expected lives. Our valuation includes assumptions related to the projected attrition and renewal rates on those
existing franchise and membership arrangements being valued. Re-acquired franchise rights are valued using an excess earnings approach. The valuation of re-
acquired franchise rights is determined using an estimation of future royalty income and related expenses associated with existing franchise contracts at the
acquisition date. For re-acquired franchise rights with terms that are either favorable or unfavorable (from our perspective) to the terms included in our current
franchise agreements, a gain or charge is recorded at the time of the acquisition to the extent of the favorability or unfavorability, respectively. Favorable and
unfavorable operating leases are recorded based on differences between contractual rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents at the
lease acquisition date. Deferred revenue is valued based on our estimated costs to fulfill the obligations assumed, plus a normal profit margin. No deferred revenue
amounts are recognized for enrollment fees in our business combinations as there is no remaining obligation.
60
We consider our trade and brand name intangible assets to have an indefinite usef ul life, and, therefore, these assets are not amortized but rather are tested for
impairment annually as discussed below. Amortization of re-acquired franchise rights and franchisee relationships is recorded over the respective franchise terms
using the st raight-line method which we believe approximates the period during which we expect to receive the related benefits. Member relationships are
amortized on an accelerated basis based on expected attrition. Favorable and unfavorable operating leases are amort ized into rental expense over the lease term of
the respective leases using the straight-line method.
Impairment of long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets
We assess potential impairments to our long-lived assets, which include property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, whenever events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount
of an asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its
estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the
asset. Store-level assets are grouped by store and assessed on a store by store basis for the purpose of the impairment assessment. There were no impairment
charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
Goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles (our trade and brand name intangible assets) have been assigned to our reporting units for purposes of impairment testing.
Our reporting units are Franchise, Corporate-owned stores and Equipment, which are the same as our reportable segments.
The goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is an estimate of
the amount for which the unit as a whole could be sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair
value, goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. Fair value of a reporting unit is estimated based on a combination of comparative market multiples and
discounted cash flow valuation approaches. We are also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a
reporting unit is less than its carrying value prior to applying the quantitative assessment. If based on our qualitative assessment it is not more likely than not that
the carrying value of the reporting unit is less than its fair value, then a quantitative assessment is not required. In 2017, the qualitative assessment was utilized to
assess goodwill for impairment for our franchise and corporate-owned stores reporting units and comparative market multiples and the discounted cash flow
valuation approach was utilized for our equipment segment.
We evaluate the remaining useful lives of our trade and brand name intangible assets to determine whether current events and circumstances continue to support an
indefinite useful life. In addition, all of our indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. The trade and brand name intangible asset
impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value to the carrying value, with any excess of carrying value over fair value being recognized as an
impairment loss. We are also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not an indefinite lived intangible asset’s fair value is less
than its carrying value prior to applying the quantitative assessment. If based on our qualitative assessment it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of
the asset is less than its fair value, then a quantitative assessment is not required. The qualitative assessment was utilized to assess our indefinite lived intangible
assets for impairment in 2017.
Currently, we have selected the last day of our year as the date on which to perform our annual impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets.
We also test for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of such indefinite lived intangibles has been impaired. No impairment of
goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
Equity-based compensation
We have equity-based compensation plans under which we receive services from our employees as consideration for equity instruments of the Company, including
stock options and restricted stock units. The compensation expense is determined based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Compensation expense is
recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are satisfied. For awards with graded vesting, the fair
value of each tranche is recognized over its respective vesting period.
Prior to the IPO, certain of our employees received grants of Class M Units in Pla-Fit Holdings. These awards are accounted for in accordance with guidance
prescribed for accounting for share based compensation. Based on this guidance and the terms of the awards, the awards are equity classified. The Class M Units
receive distributions (other than tax distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceeds a threshold equivalent to the fair value of the Company, as
determined by the Company’s board of directors, at the grant date. Eighty percent of the awards vest over five years of continuous employment or service while the
other twenty percent only vest in the event of an IPO of the Company’s common stock or that of its parent or one of its subsidiaries, subject to the holder of the
Class M Units remaining employed or providing services on the date of such IPO. All awards include a repurchase option at the election
61
of the Company for the vested portion upon termination of employment or service, and have a ten year contrac tual term. These awards are accounted for as equity
at their fair value as of the grant date.
The fair value of each award was estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Significant assumptions include the business enterprise
value, time to a liquidity event, volatility and expected term of the awards.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, prior to the IPO, we modified the vesting terms of 10.737 outstanding Class M Units such that those units were fully
vested and eligible to receive distributions following a liquidity event. In connection with the IPO and related recapitalization transactions as described in Note 11
to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, all of the outstanding Class M Units were converted into Holdings Units and Class
B common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc. in accordance with the terms of the awards. Our IPO constituted a qualifying event under the terms of the awards and as a
result 4,238,338 Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock were issued to the existing Class M Unit holders with a weighted-average
grant date fair value of $1.52 per share.
Income taxes
As a result of the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. became the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S.
federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income
taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by Pla-Fit Holdings is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, including Planet
Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local
income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings following the recapitalization transactions. The Company is also subject
to taxes in foreign jurisdictions.
Deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of the existing
tax assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied in the years in
which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The principal items giving rise to temporary differences are the use of accelerated depreciation
and certain basis differences resulting from acquisitions and the recapitalization transactions. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce
deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
We recognize the effects of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured
at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in
judgment occurs.
Pla-Fit Holdings is liable for certain state and local taxes and is subject to tax withholding in foreign jurisdictions. Pursuant to the New LLC Agreement, Pla-Fit
Holdings makes pro rata tax distributions to the holders of Holdings Units in an amount sufficient to fund all or part of their tax obligations with respect to the
taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings that is allocated to them. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Recapitalization
transactions in connection with our IPO—Pla-Fit Holdings amended and restated limited liability company agreement.”
62
Tax Benefit Arrangements
Our acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock (or
cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, we entered into two tax
receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, we are generally required to pay to the TRA Holders 85% of the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S.
federal and state income tax that we are deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to us (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and
that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the
tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, we are generally required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors
85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect of the Direct TSG
Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain other tax benefits.
Under both agreements, we generally retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement described
under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Recapitalization transactions in connection with our IPO—Exchange
agreement,” to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the TRA
Holders have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If
and when we subsequently realize a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner
in respect of its contribution. Due to changes in New Hampshire tax law, the Company no longer expects to incur any such liability under the New Hampshire
business profits tax.
Based on current projections, we anticipate having sufficient taxable income to utilize these tax attributes and receive corresponding tax deductions in future
periods. Accordingly, we have recorded a liability of $431,360 million, which includes the $316.8 million impact of remeasurement related to the 2017 Tax Act,
payable to the Direct TSG Investors and the TRA Holders under the tax benefit obligations, representing approximately 85% of the calculated tax savings based on
the original basis adjustments we anticipate being able to utilize in future years. Changes in the projected liability resulting from these tax benefit arrangements
may occur based on changes in anticipated future taxable income, changes in applicable tax rates or other changes in tax attributes that may occur and impact the
expected future tax benefits to be received by the Company. Changes in the projected liability under these tax benefit arrangements will be recorded as a
component of other income (expense) each period. The projection of future taxable income involves significant judgment. Actual taxable income may differ from
our estimates, which could significantly impact the liability under the tax benefit arrangements and our consolidated results of operations.
We expect to receive additional increases in our share of the tax basis of Pla-Fit Holdings assets when the TRA Holders exchange Holdings Units (together with the
corresponding shares of Class B common stock) for Class A common stock. If we acquire Holdings Units from the TRA Holders, we expect both the original basis
adjustments and the anticipated basis adjustments will increase, resulting in additional future tax deductions and therefore reducing the amount of future income tax
we would otherwise be required to pay. These potential future increases in tax basis will result in additional deferred tax assets and additional liabilities under the
tax benefit arrangements, representing approximately 85% of the projected tax savings for the expected use of these tax attributes. Such amounts will be recorded at
the time of these future exchanges based on our projections of taxable income and other factors that may exist at the time of such exchanges.
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
Interest rate risk
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our senior secured credit facility, which bears interest at variable rates and has a U.S. dollar LIBOR
floor of 0.75% in respect of the term loan. As of December 31, 2017, we had outstanding borrowings of $709.5 million. An increase in the effective interest rate
applied to these borrowings of 100 basis points would result in a $7.1 million increase in pre-tax interest expense on an annualized basis. We manage our interest
rate risk through normal operating and financing activities and, when determined appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. To mitigate
exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, we entered into a series of interest rate caps as discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements elsewhere in
this Form 10-K.
Foreign exchange risk
We are exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar, which is the functional currency of
our Canadian entities. Our sales, costs and expenses of our Canadian subsidiaries, when translated into U.S. dollars, can fluctuate due to exchange rate movement.
As of December 31, 2017, a 10% increase or decrease in the exchange rates of the U.S. dollar and currencies would increase or decrease net income by a negligible
amount.
Inflation risk
Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our income from continuing operations, we have a substantial number of hourly employees in
our corporate-owned stores that are paid wage rates at or based on the applicable federal or state minimum wage. Any increases in these minimum wages will
subsequently increase our labor costs. We may or may not be able to offset cost increases in the future.
63
I tem 8. Financial Statement s and Supplementary Data.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Planet Fitness, Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the
related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years in the three‑year period ended
December 31, 2017, and the related notes and financial statement Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (collectively, the “consolidated financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31,
2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 1, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 1, 2018
/s/ KPMG LLP
64
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated balance sheets
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
December 31,
2017
December 31,
2016
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts of $32 and $687 at
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively
Due from related parties
Inventory
Restricted assets – NAF (note 4)
Prepaid expenses
Other receivables
Income tax receivable
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Deferred income taxes
Other assets, net
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders' deficit
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Equipment deposits
Restricted liabilities - NAF (note 4)
Deferred revenue, current
Payable pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, current
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
Deferred rent, net of current portion
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
Deferred tax liabilities
Payable pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, net of current portion
Other liabilities
Total noncurrent liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (note 15)
Stockholders' equity:
Class A common stock, $.0001 par value - 300,000 shares authorized, 87,188 and 61,314
shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively
Class B common stock, $.0001 par value - 100,000 shares authorized, 11,193 and 37,185
shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Additional paid in capital
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders' deficit attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.
Non-controlling interests
Total stockholders' deficit
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit
$
113,080
$
37,272
3,020
2,692
499
3,929
9,562
6,947
177,001
83,327
235,657
176,981
407,782
11,717
1,092,465
7,185
28,648
18,590
6,498
490
19,083
31,062
474
112,030
696,576
6,127
8,440
1,629
400,298
4,302
1,117,372
9
1
(648)
12,118
(130,966)
(119,486)
(17,451)
(136,937)
1,092,465
$
$
$
$
$
$
40,393
26,873
2,864
1,802
3,074
3,591
7,935
4,693
91,225
61,238
253,862
176,981
410,407
7,729
1,001,442
7,185
28,507
19,190
2,170
134
17,780
8,072
235
83,273
702,003
5,108
8,351
1,238
410,999
5,225
1,132,924
6
4
(1,174)
34,467
(164,062)
(130,759)
(83,996)
(214,755)
1,001,442
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
65
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of operations
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue:
Franchise
Commission income
Corporate-owned stores
Equipment
Total revenue
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue
Store operations
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Other (gain) loss
Total operating costs and expenses
Income from operations
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expense, net
Other income (expense), net
Total other income (expense), net
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.
Net income per share of Class A common stock (1) :
Basic
Diluted
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (1) :
Basic
Diluted
2017
For the Year Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
$
$
$
$
131,983
18,172
112,114
167,673
429,942
129,266
60,657
60,369
31,761
353
282,406
147,536
(35,283)
316,928
281,645
429,181
373,580
55,601
22,455
33,146
$
$
0.42
0.42
$
$
78,910
78,972
$
$
$
$
97,374
19,114
104,721
157,032
378,241
122,317
60,121
50,008
31,502
(1,369)
262,579
115,662
(27,125)
1,371
(25,754)
89,908
18,661
71,247
49,747
21,500
0.50
0.50
43,300
43,305
71,762
16,323
98,390
144,062
330,537
113,492
57,485
55,573
32,158
(273)
258,435
72,102
(24,549)
(275)
(24,824)
47,278
9,148
38,130
19,612
18,518
0.11
0.11
36,244
36,244
(1)
For the year ended December 31, 2015, represents earnings per share of Class A common stock and weighted-average shares of Class A common stock
outstanding for the period from August 6, 2015 through December 31, 2015, the period following the recapitalization transactions and IPO (see Note 13).
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
66
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
(Amounts in thousands)
Net income including non-controlling interests
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net:
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate caps, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net
Total comprehensive income including non-controlling
interests
Less: total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling
interests
Total comprehensive income attributable to Planet
Fitness, Inc.
2017
For the Year Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
$
55,601 $
71,247 $
38,130
1,143
26
1,169
(78)
(72)
(150)
56,770
71,097
22,707
49,560
(1,388)
314
(1,074)
37,056
19,557
$
34,063 $
21,537 $
17,499
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
67
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of cash flows
(Amounts in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Amortization of favorable leases and asset retirement obligations
Amortization of interest rate caps
Deferred tax expense
Loss (gain) on re-measurement of tax benefit arrangement
Provision for bad debts
Gain on disposal of property and equipment
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Third party debt refinancing expense
Equity-based compensation
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Due from related parties
Inventory
Other assets and other current assets
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Other liabilities and other current liabilities
Income taxes
Payments pursuant to tax benefit arrangements
Equipment deposits
Deferred revenue
Deferred rent
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Additions to property and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock sold in initial public offering, net of
underwriting discounts and commissions
Use of proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock to purchase Holdings Units
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock
Principal payments on capital lease obligations
Repayment of long-term debt
Payment of deferred financing and other debt-related costs
Premiums paid for interest rate caps
Repurchase and retirement of Class B common stock
Dividend paid to holders of Class A common stock
Dividend equivalent paid to members of Pla-Fit Holdings
Distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings
Net cash used in financing activities
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
Supplemental cash flow information:
Net cash paid for income taxes
Cash paid for interest
Non-cash investing activities:
Non-cash additions to property and equipment
Non-cash financing activities:
Non-cash dividend equivalent payments
For the Year Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
2017
$
55,601
$
71,247
$
38,130
31,761
1,935
334
1,755
372,422
(317,354)
(19)
(159)
79
1,021
2,531
(10,481)
(604)
(890)
(2,981)
4,210
(470)
(3,027)
(11,446)
4,328
1,276
1,199
131,021
(37,722)
680
(37,042)
—
—
—
480
(22)
(7,185)
(1,278)
(366)
—
—
(1,974)
(11,358)
(21,703)
411
72,687
40,393
113,080
3,722
31,418
861
—
$
$
$
$
$
31,502
1,544
392
797
15,606
72
59
(514)
606
3,001
1,728
(7,754)
1,897
2,755
(7,944)
7,428
2,747
(5,993)
(6,922)
(3,417)
(652)
632
108,817
(15,377)
683
(14,694)
—
—
230,000
136
(46)
(5,621)
(5,220)
—
(1,583)
(169,282)
(101,729)
(31,838)
(85,183)
23
8,963
31,430
40,393
7,040
24,302
2,203
3,899
$
$
$
$
$
32,158
1,596
478
28
6,135
(2,549)
667
(273)
—
—
4,877
(414)
4,210
(1,545)
(5,720)
263
99
115
—
(1,088)
2,994
1,502
81,663
(19,488)
327
(19,161)
156,946
(156,946)
120,000
—
(376)
(14,800)
(1,698)
(880)
—
—
(140,000)
(36,486)
(74,240)
(123)
(11,861)
43,291
31,430
2,834
23,220
207
—
$
$
$
$
$
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
(Amounts in thousands)
Members'
equity
Class A
common stock
Shares Amount
Class B
common stock
Shares Amount
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Balance at January 1, 2015
Distributions to members prior to the
recapitalization transactions
Net income prior to the recapitalization
transactions
Other comprehensive loss prior
to the recapitalization transactions
Equity-based compensation expense
recorded in connection with
recapitalization transactions
Effect of the recapitalization
transactions
Issuance of Class A common stock in
IPO, net of commissions
Tax benefit arrangement liability and
deferred taxes arising from the
recapitalization transactions and IPO
Net income subsequent to the
recapitalization transactions
Equity-based compensation expense
subsequent to the recapitalization
transactions
Distributions paid to members of
Pla-Fit Holdings subsequent to the
recapitalization transactions
Other comprehensive loss subsequent
to the recapitalization transactions
Balance at December 31, 2015
Net income
Equity-based compensation expense
Repurchase and retirement of Class B
common stock
Exchanges of Class B common stock
Tax benefit arrangement liability and
deferred taxes arising from secondary
offerings and other exchanges
Exercise of stock options and vesting of
restricted share units
Dividend paid to holders of Class A
common stock
Dividend equivalents paid or payable
Distributions paid to members
of Pla-Fit Holdings
Other comprehensive loss
Balance at December 31, 2016
Net income
Equity-based compensation expense
Retirement of Class B common stock
Exchanges of Class B common stock
Tax benefit arrangement liability and
deferred taxes arising from secondary
offerings and other exchanges
Exercise of stock options and vesting of
restricted share units
Forfeiture of dividend equivalents
Distributions paid to members
of Pla-Fit Holdings
Other comprehensive loss
Balance at December 31, 2017
$
$
$
146,156
(164,693 )
14,412
—
4,525
(400 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
26,107
10,491
—
—
—
—
—
36,598
—
—
—
24,705
—
11
—
—
—
—
61,314
—
—
—
25,842
—
32
—
$
$
—
—
87,188
$
—
—
—
—
—
3
1
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
9
—
—
—
—
—
72,603
(10,491 )
—
—
—
—
—
62,112
—
—
$
(222 )
(24,705 )
—
—
—
—
$
—
—
37,185
—
—
(150 )
(25,842 )
—
—
—
—
—
11,193
$
—
—
—
—
—
7
(1 )
—
—
—
—
—
6
—
—
—
(2 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
(3 )
—
—
—
—
—
1
$
$
(636 )
—
—
(1,054 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
(20 )
(1,710 ) $
—
—
—
499
—
—
—
—
—
37
(1,174 ) $
—
—
—
(391 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
352
—
—
352
—
1,749
$
(441 )
10,976
21,695
136
—
—
—
—
34,467
—
2,565
—
(54,042 )
28,648
480
—
—
—
—
—
—
138
—
(18,276 )
—
—
—
(14,032 ) $
21,500
(21 )
(1,142 )
—
—
—
(34 )
—
—
—
—
32
Non-
controlling
interests
6,229
—
264
—
—
252
—
—
Total equity
(deficit)
151,749
(164,693 )
14,676
(1,054 )
4,525
—
—
(18,276 )
23,454
4,106
19,348
—
352
(11,793 )
(11,793 )
—
14,300
49,747
—
—
(11,475 )
—
—
(31,838 )
(187 )
(83,996 )
22,455
—
—
54,433
—
—
417
$
$
(20 )
(1,080 )
71,247
1,728
(1,583 )
—
21,695
136
(169,282 )
(105,628 )
(31,838 )
(150 )
(214,755 )
55,601
2,531
—
—
28,648
480
449
(169,282 )
(1,085 )
—
(104,543 )
$
—
—
(164,062 ) $
33,146
—
917
(648 ) $
—
—
12,118
$
(48 )
—
(130,966 ) $
(11,012 )
252
(17,451 )
$
(11,060 )
1,169
(136,937 )
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
69
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(1) Business organization
Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “Company”), through its subsidiaries, is a franchisor and operator of fitness centers, with approximately 10.6 million members and 1,518
owned and franchised locations (referred to as stores) in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic and Panama as of
December 31, 2017.
The Company serves as the reporting entity for its various subsidiaries that operate three distinct lines of business:
•
•
•
Licensing and selling franchises under the Planet Fitness trade name;
Owning and operating fitness centers under the Planet Fitness trade name; and
Selling fitness-related equipment to franchisee-owned stores.
In 2012 investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC (“TSG”), purchased interests in Pla-Fit Holdings.
The Company was formed as a Delaware corporation on March 16, 2015 for the purpose of facilitating an initial public offering (the “IPO”) and related
transactions in order to carry on the business of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (“Pla-Fit Holdings”). As of August 5, 2015, in connection with the
recapitalization transactions discussed below, the Company became the sole managing member and holder of 100% of the voting power of Pla-Fit Holdings. Pla-Fit
Holdings owns 100% of Planet Intermediate, LLC which has no operations but is the 100% owner of Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, a franchisor and operator of
fitness centers. With respect to the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings and Planet Intermediate, LLC, each entity owns nothing other than the respective entity below it in
the corporate structure and each entity has no other material operations.
Initial Public Offering
On August 11, 2015, the Company completed an IPO pursuant to which the Company and selling stockholders sold an aggregate of 15,525,000 shares of Class A
common stock at a public offering price of $16.00 per share. The Company received $156,946 in proceeds from its sale of 10,491,055 shares of Class A common
stock, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, which were used to purchase an equal number of limited liability company units (“Holdings Units”) from
existing holders (“Continuing LLC Owners”) of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings, at a purchase price per unit equal to the IPO price per share of Class A common
stock, net of underwriting discounts and commissions.
Subsequent to the IPO and the related recapitalization transactions, the Company is a holding company whose principal asset is a controlling equity interest in Pla-
Fit Holdings. As the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, the Company operates and controls all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, and through
Pla-Fit Holdings, conducts its business. As a result, the Company consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings’ financial results and reports a non-controlling interest related to
the portion of Holdings Units not owned by the Company.
The recapitalization transactions are considered transactions between entities under common control. As a result, the financial statements for periods prior to the
IPO and the recapitalization transactions are the financial statements of Pla-Fit Holdings as the predecessor to the Company for accounting and reporting
purposes. Unless otherwise specified, “the Company” refers to both Planet Fitness, Inc. and Pla-Fit Holdings throughout the remainder of these notes.
Secondary offerings
In June 2016, the Company completed a secondary offering (“June Secondary Offering”) of 11,500,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of $16.50 per
share. All of the shares sold in the June Secondary Offering were offered by certain Continuing LLC Owners and TSG AIV II-A L.P and TSG PF Co-Investors A
L.P. (“Direct TSG Investors”). The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors
and the participating Continuing LLC Owners. The shares sold in the June Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 3,608,840 existing shares of Class A common stock
held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 7,891,160 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by
the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the June Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 7,891,160 shares of Class B
common stock were surrendered by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the June Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with
the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 7,891,160 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. Immediately preceding the June
Secondary Offering, Planet Fitness, Inc. held 100% of the voting interest and 37.1% of the economic interest of Pla-Fit Holdings and the Continuing LLC Owners
held the remaining 62.9% economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. Immediately following the completion of the June Secondary Offering, Planet Fitness, Inc. held
100% of the voting interest and 45.1% of the economic interest of Pla-Fit Holdings and the Continuing LLC Owners held the remaining 54.9% economic interest in
Pla-Fit Holdings.
70
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
In September 2016, the Company completed a secondary offering (“September Secondary Offering”) of 8,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of
$19.62 per share. All of the shares sold in the September Secondary Offering were offered by the Direct TSG Investors and participating Continuing LLC Owners.
The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the Continuing LLC Owners
that parti cipating in the September Secondary Offering. The shares sold in the September Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 2,593,981 existing shares of Class A
common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 5,406,019 newly-issued shares of Class A common s tock issued in connection with the exercise of the
exchange right by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the September Secondary offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange,
5,406,019 shares of Class B common stock were surrend ered by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the September Secondary Offering and canceled.
Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 5,406,019 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
Immediately preceding the September Secondary Offering, Planet Fitness, Inc. held 100% of the voting interest and 45.1% of the economic interest of Pla-Fit
Holdings and the Continuing LLC Owners held the remaining 54.9% economic interest in Pla-F it Holdings. Immediately following the completion of the
September Secondary Offering and as of September 30, 2016, Planet Fitness, Inc. held 100% of the voting interest and 50.6% of the economic interest of Pla-Fit
Holdings and the Continuing LLC Owners h eld the remaining 49.4% economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
In November 2016, the Company completed a secondary offering (“November Secondary Offering”) of 15,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price
of $23.22 per share. All of the shares sold in the November Secondary Offering were offered by the Direct TSG Investors and participating Continuing LLC
Owners. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the Continuing LLC
Owners that participating in the September Secondary Offering. The shares sold in the November Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 4,863,715 existing shares of
Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 10,136,285 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise
of the exchange right by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the November Secondary offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange,
10,136,285 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the November Secondary Offering and canceled.
Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 10,136,285 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
Immediately preceding the November Secondary Offering, Planet Fitness, Inc. held 100% of the voting interest and 51.5% of the economic interest of Pla-Fit
Holdings and the Continuing LLC Owners held the remaining 48.5% economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. Immediately following the completion of the
November Secondary Offering and as of November 22, 2016, Planet Fitness, Inc. held 100% of the voting interest and 61.8% of the economic interest of Pla-Fit
Holdings and the Continuing LLC Owners held the remaining 38.2% economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
In March 2017, the Company completed a secondary offering (“March Secondary Offering”) of 15,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of $20.44
per share. All of the shares sold in the March Secondary Offering were offered by certain existing holders of Holdings Units and the Direct TSG Investors. The
Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating holders of
Holdings Units. The shares sold in the March Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 4,790,758 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG
Investors and (ii) 10,209,242 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the holders of Holdings
Units that participated in the March Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,209,242 shares of Class B common stock were
surrendered by the holders of Holdings Units that participated in the March Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange,
Planet Fitness, Inc. received 10,209,242 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
In May 2017, the Company completed a secondary offering (“May Secondary Offering”) of 16,085,510 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of $20.28 per
share. All of the shares sold in the May Secondary Offering were offered by certain existing holders of Holdings Units and the Direct TSG Investors. The Company
did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating holders of Holdings Units.
The shares sold in the May Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 5,215,691 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii)
10,869,819 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the holders of Holdings Units that
participated in the May Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,869,819 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered
by the holders of Holdings Units that participated in the May Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc.
received 10,869,819 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
71
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
In addition to the secondary offering transactions described above, during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, certain Continuing LLC Owners have
exercised their exchange rights and exchanged 4,762,943 and 1,271,146 Holdings Units, respectively, for 4,762,943 and 1,271,146 newly-issue d shares of Class A
common stock, respectively. Simultaneously, and in connection with these exchanges, 4,762,943 and 1,271,146 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered
by the Continuing LLC Owners that exercised their exchange rights and canceled d uring the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Additionally,
in connection with these exchanges, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 4,762,943 and 1,271,146 Holdings Units during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016,
respectively, increasi ng its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
As of December 31, 2017, the Company held 100% of the voting interest, and approximately 88.6% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings and the
Continuing LLC Owners held the remaining 11.4% economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. As future exchanges of Holdings Units occur, the economic interest in
Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. will increase.
(2) Summary of significant accounting policies
(a) Basis of presentation and consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). All significant intercompany balances
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
As discussed in Note 1, as a result of the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings and Pla-Fit Holdings is considered to be the
predecessor to Planet Fitness, Inc. for accounting and reporting purposes. The Company also consolidates entities in which it has a controlling financial interest, the
usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. The Company also considers for consolidation certain interests where the controlling financial
interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), is required to be
consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is considered to possess the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most
significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the rights to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. The
principal entities in which the Company possesses a variable interest include franchise entities and certain other entities. The Company is not deemed to be the
primary beneficiary for Planet Fitness franchise entities. Therefore, these entities are not consolidated.
The results of the Company have been consolidated with Matthew Michael Realty LLC (“MMR”) and PF Melville LLC (“PF Melville”) based on the
determination that the Company is the primary beneficiary with respect to these VIEs. These entities are real estate holding companies that derive a majority of
their financial support from the Company through lease agreements for corporate stores. See Note 3 for further information related to the Company’s VIEs.
(b) Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in
the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it
may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results. Significant areas where estimates and judgments are relied upon by management in the
preparation of the consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, valuation of equity-based compensation awards, the evaluation of the
recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, including intangible assets, income taxes, including deferred tax assets and liabilities and reserves for
unrecognized tax benefits, and the liability for the Company’s tax benefit arrangements.
(c) Concentrations
Cash and cash equivalents are financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk. The Company invests its excess cash
in several major financial institutions, which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. The Company maintains balances in
excess of these limits, but does not believe that such deposits with its banks are subject to any unusual risk.
The credit risk associated with trade receivables is mitigated due to the large number of customers, generally our franchisees, and their broad dispersion over many
different geographic areas. We do not have any concentrations with respect to our revenues.
The Company purchases equipment, both for corporate-owned stores and for sales to franchisee-owned stores from various equipment vendors. For the year ended
December 31, 2017 purchases from one equipment vendor comprised 91% of total equipment purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2016 purchases from
two equipment vendors comprised 83% and 13%, respectively, of total equipment purchases and for the year ended December 31, 2015 purchases from two
equipment vendors comprised 79% and 18%, respectively, of total equipment purchases.
72
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The Company, including Planet Fitness NAF, LLC (“NAF”) uses one primary vendor for advertising services. For the year ended De cember 31, 2017, purchases
from this vendor comprised 63% of total equipment purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2016 purchases from two vendors comprised 25% and 16%,
respectively, of total advertising purchases and for the year ended December 31, 2015 purchases from one vendor comprised 49% of total advertising purchases
(see Note 4 for further discussion of NAF).
(d) Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash held within the NAF is
recorded as a restricted asset (see Note 4).
(e) Revenue recognition
Franchise revenue
The following revenues are generated as a result of transactions with or related to the Company’s franchisees.
Area development fees
Franchisees contractually enter into area development agreements (ADAs) to secure the exclusive right to open franchise stores within a defined geographical area.
ADAs establish the timing and number of stores to be developed within the defined geographical area. Pursuant to an ADA, a franchisee is generally required to
pay an initial nonrefundable development fee for a minimum number of stores to be developed, as outlined in the respective ADA. ADA fees collected in advance
are deferred until the Company provides substantially all required obligations pursuant to the ADA. As the efforts and total cost relating to initial services are
affected significantly by the number of stores opened in an area, the respective ADA is treated as a divisible contract. As each new site is accepted under an ADA, a
franchisee signs a franchise operating agreement for the respective franchise location. As each store opened under an ADA typically has performance obligations
associated with it, the Company recognizes ADA revenue as each individual franchise location is developed in proportion to the total number of stores to be
developed under the ADA. These obligations are typically completed once the store is opened or the franchisee executes the individual property lease. As of
December 31, 2017 and 2016, the deferred revenue for ADAs was $10,121 and $10,026, respectively. ADAs generally have an initial term equal to the number of
years over which the franchisee is required to open franchise stores, which is typically 5 to 10 years. There is no right of refund for an executed ADA. Upon
default, as defined in the agreement, the Company may reacquire the rights pursuant to an ADA, and all remaining deferred revenue is recognized at that time.
Franchise fees and performance fees
The Company generally charges an initial upfront nonrefundable franchise fee. Nonrefundable franchise fees are typically deferred until the franchisee executes a
lease and receives initial training for the location, which is the point at which the Company has determined it has provided all of its material obligations required to
recognize revenue. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has recorded deferred franchise fees of $510 and $260, respectively, relating to stores to be
opened in future years. These amounts are included in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
The individual franchise agreements typically have a 10-year initial term, but provide the franchisee with an opportunity to enter into successive renewals subject to
certain conditions.
Transfer fees
The Company’s current franchise agreement provides that upon the transfer of a Planet Fitness store to a different franchisee, the Company is entitled to a transfer
fee in the amount of the greater of $25, or $10 per store being transferred, if more than one, in addition to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, including
external legal and administrative costs incurred in connection with the transfer. Transfer-related fees and expenses are due, payable, and recognized at the time the
transfer is effectuated.
Royalties
Royalties, which represent recurring fees paid by franchisees based on the franchisee-owned stores’ monthly and annual membership billings, are recognized on a
monthly basis over the term of the franchise agreement. As specified under certain franchise agreements, the Company recognizes additional royalty fees as the
franchisee-owned stores attain contractual monthly membership billing threshold amounts. Beginning in 2010, for all new franchise agreements entered into
pursuant to a newly executed ADA or outside an ADA, the Company began charging a fixed royalty percentage based upon gross membership billings.
73
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Other fees
Online member join fees are paid to the Company by franchisees for processing new membership transactions when a new member signs up for a membership to a
franchisee-owned store through the Company’s website.
Billing transaction fees are paid to the Company for the processing of franchisee membership dues and annual fees through the Company’s third-party hosted point-
of-sale system.
Placement
The Company is generally responsible for assembly and placement of equipment it sells to U.S. based franchisee-owned stores. Placement revenue is recognized
upon completion and acceptance of the services at the franchise location.
Commission income
The Company recognizes commission income from its franchisees’ use of certain preferred vendor arrangements. Commissions are recognized when amounts have
been earned and collectability from the vendor is reasonably assured.
Corporate-owned stores revenue
The following revenues are generated from stores owned and operated by the Company.
Membership dues revenue
Customers are offered multiple membership choices varying in length. Membership dues are earned and recognized over the membership term on a straight-line
basis.
Enrollment fee revenue
Enrollment fees are charged to new members at the commencement of their membership. The Company recognizes enrollment fees ratably over the estimated
duration of the membership life, which is generally two years.
Annual membership fee revenue
Annual membership fees are annual fees charged to members in addition to and in order to maintain low monthly membership dues. The Company recognizes
annual membership fees ratably over the 12-month membership period.
Retail sales
The Company sells Planet Fitness branded apparel, food, beverages, and other accessories. The revenue for these items is recognized at the point of sale.
Equipment revenue
The Company sells and delivers equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers to U.S. based franchisee-owned stores. Equipment revenue is
recognized upon the equipment being delivered to and assembled at each store and accepted by the franchisee. Franchisees are charged for all freight costs incurred
for the delivery of equipment. Freight revenue is recorded within equipment revenue and freight costs are recorded within cost of revenue. The Company
recognizes revenue on a gross basis in these transactions as management has determined the Company to be the principal in these transactions. Management
determined the Company to be the principal because the Company is the primary obligor in these transactions, the Company has latitude in establishing prices for
the equipment sales to franchisees, the Company has supplier selection discretion and is involved in determination of product specifications, and the Company
bears all credit risk associated with obligations to the equipment manufacturers.
Equipment deposits are recognized as a liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets until delivery, assembly (if required), and acceptance by the
franchisee. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, equipment deposits were $6,498 and $2,170, respectively.
Sales tax
All revenue amounts are recorded net of applicable sales tax.
74
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(f) Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue represents cash received from franchisees for ADAs and franchise fees for which revenue recognition criteria has not yet been met and cash
received from members for enrollment fees, membership dues and annual fees for the portion not yet earned based on the membership period.
(g) Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue consists of direct costs associated with equipment sales (including freight costs), the cost of retail merchandise sold in corporate-owned stores, and
prior to 2016 also included direct costs related to the maintenance and support of the Company’s proprietary system-wide point-of-sale system. Costs related to the
point-of-sale system were $0, $0, and $1,236 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively. Costs related to retail merchandise sales were
immaterial in all periods presented. Rebates from equipment vendors where the Company has recognized the related equipment revenue and costs are recorded as a
reduction to the cost of revenue.
(h) Store operations
Store operations consists of the direct costs related to operating corporate-owned stores, including our store management and staff, rent expense, utilities, supplies,
maintenance, and local advertising.
(i) Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of costs associated with administrative and franchisee support functions related to our existing business as well
as growth and development activities. These costs primarily consist of payroll, IT related, marketing, legal and accounting expenses. These expenses include costs
related to placement services of $4,601, $3,974, and $3,452, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(j) Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable is primarily comprised of amounts owed to the Company resulting from equipment, placement, and commission revenue. The Company
evaluates its accounts receivable on an ongoing basis and may establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on collections and current credit conditions.
Accounts are written off as uncollectible when it is determined that further collection efforts will be unsuccessful. Historically, the Company has not had a
significant amount of write-offs.
(k) Leases and asset retirement obligations
The Company recognizes rent expense related to leased office and operating space on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent
expense and rent paid, if any, as a result of escalation provisions and lease incentives, such as tenant improvements provided by lessors, and is recorded as deferred
rent in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
In accordance with ASC Topic 410, Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations , the Company establishes assets and liabilities for the present value of
estimated future costs to return certain leased facilities to their original condition. Such assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease period into
operating expense, and the recorded liabilities are accreted to the future value of the estimated restoration costs.
(l) Property and equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over its related estimated useful life. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset, whichever is shorter. Upon sale or retirement, the asset cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and any related gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Ordinary
maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s fixed assets by class of asset are as follows:
Buildings and building improvements
Computers and equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Fitness equipment
Vehicles
75
Years
20–40
3-5
5
Useful life or term of lease
whichever is shorter
5–7
5
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(m) Advertising expenses
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses, net of amounts reimbursed by franchisees, are included within store operations and
selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $9,906, $8,270, and $9,349 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. See Note
4 for discussion of the national advertising fund.
(n) Goodwill, long-lived assets, and other intangible assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets that arise from acquisitions are recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other . In accordance
with this guidance, specifically identified intangible assets must be recorded as a separate asset from goodwill if either of the following two criteria is met: (1) the
intangible asset acquired arises from contractual or other legal rights; or (2) the intangible asset is separable. Intangibles are typically trade and brand names,
customer relationships, noncompete agreements, reacquired franchise rights, and favorable or unfavorable leases. Transactions are evaluated to determine whether
any gain or loss on reacquired franchise rights, based on their fair value, should be recognized separately from identified intangibles. Goodwill is the excess of the
purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise.
Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives on either a straight-line or accelerated basis
as deemed appropriate, and are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances suggest that the assets may not be recoverable.
The Company performs its annual test for impairment of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets on December 31 of each year. For goodwill, the first step of
the impairment test is to determine whether the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the
reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company would be required to perform a second step of the impairment test as this is an indication that
the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired. The second step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that
goodwill. Any impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the
goodwill. The Company is also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its
carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If the Company concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting
unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform the two-step impairment test.
For indefinite lived intangible assets, the impairment assessment consists of comparing the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value. To the extent that
the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset, an impairment is recorded to reduce the carrying value to its fair value. The Company is also permitted to
make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not an indefinite lived intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying value prior to applying the
quantitative assessment. If based on the Company’s qualitative assessment it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of the asset is less than its fair value,
then a quantitative assessment is not required.
The Company determined that no impairment charges were required during any periods presented.
The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment , which requires that long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible
assets, be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If
circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for impairment, then assets are required to be grouped and evaluated at the lowest level for
which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is
measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset
group. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds
the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. There were no events or changes
in circumstances that required the Company to test for impairment during any of the periods presented.
(o) Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences
attributable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of the existing tax assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied in the years in which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The
principal items giving rise to temporary differences are the use of accelerated depreciation and certain basis differences resulting from acquisitions and the
recapitalization transactions. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
76
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
As a result of the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. became the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S.
federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income
taxe s. Any taxable income or loss generated by Pla-Fit Holdings is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, including Planet
Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness, Inc . is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local
income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings following the recapitalization transactions. The Company is also subject
to taxes in foreig n jurisdictions.
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Recognized income tax positions are
measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the
change in judgment occurs (see Note 14).
(p) Tax benefit arrangements
The Company’s acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s
Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, the
Company entered into two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, the Company generally is required to pay to certain existing and
previous equity owners of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC who are unaffiliated with TSG (the “TRA Holders”) 85% of the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal and
state income tax that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to the Company (or exchanged in a taxable
sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made
under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, the Company generally is required to pay to the Direct
TSG Investors 85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect
of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain
other tax benefits. Under both agreements, the Company generally retains the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the
exchange agreement, to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax,
the TRA Holders have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received
upon exchange). If and when the Company subsequently realizes a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to
the relevant Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution. Due to changes in New Hampshire tax law, the Company no longer expects to incur any such
liability under the New Hampshire business profits tax.
Based on current projections, the Company anticipates having sufficient taxable income to utilize these tax attributes and receive corresponding tax deductions in
future periods. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2017 the Company has recorded a liability of $431,360, which includes the impact of remeasurement related to the
2017 Tax Act, payable to the TRA Holders under the tax benefit obligations, representing approximately 85% of the calculated tax savings based on the original
basis adjustments the Company anticipates being able to utilize in future years. Changes in the projected liability resulting from these tax benefit arrangements may
occur based on changes in anticipated future taxable income, changes in applicable tax rates or other changes in tax attributes that may occur and impact the
expected future tax benefits to be received by the Company. Changes in the projected liability under these tax benefit arrangements will be recorded as a
component of other income (expense) each period. The projection of future taxable income involves significant judgment. Actual taxable income may differ from
estimates, which could significantly impact the liability under the tax benefit arrangements and the Company’s consolidated results of operations.
(q) Fair value
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation
hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy
is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset
or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
77
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The table below presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and
December 31, 2016:
Interest rate caps
Interest rate caps
(r) Financial instruments
Total fair value at
December 31, 2017
Quoted prices
in active markets
markets (Level 1)
Significant
other observable
inputs (Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
340 $
— $
340 $
Total fair value at
December 31, 2016
Quoted prices
in active markets
markets (Level 1)
Significant
other observable
inputs (Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
306 $
— $
306 $
$
$
—
—
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these
instruments. The carrying value of debt also approximates fair value as it is variable rate debt.
(s) Derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in
hedging relationships, changes in the fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being
hedged or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flows being hedged
until the hedged item affects earnings.
The Company only enters into derivative contracts that it intends to designate as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or
paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its
risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the
hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method used to measure
ineffectiveness. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are
used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and
qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive
income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative
representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. See Note 8 for
further information.
(t) Equity-based compensation
The Company has an equity-based compensation plan under which it receives services from employees and directors as consideration for equity instruments of the
Company. The compensation expense is determined based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting
period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are satisfied. For awards with graded vesting, the fair value of each tranche is
recognized over its respective vesting period. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur by reversing compensation cost when the award is forfeited. See
Note 12 for further information.
(u) Guarantees
The Company, as a guarantor, is required to recognize, at inception of the guaranty, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the
guarantee. See Notes 3 and 15 for further discussion of such obligations guaranteed.
(v) Contingencies
The Company records estimated future losses related to contingencies when such amounts are probable and estimable. The Company includes estimated legal fees
related to such contingencies as part of the accrual for estimated future losses.
(w) Reclassifications
Certain amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.
78
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(x) Recent accounting pronouncements
The FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, in September 2014. This guidance requires that an entity recognize revenue to
depict the transfer of a promised good or service to its customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for
such transfer. This guidance also specifies accounting for certain costs incurred by an entity to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and provides for
enhancements to revenue specific disclosures intended to allow users of the financial statements to clearly understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of
revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with its customers. This guidance is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual
periods, beginning after December 15, 2017 for public companies. The Company will adopt this new guidance in fiscal year 2018 utilizing the modified
retrospective method. The adoption of the new guidance will change the timing of recognition of ADA and initial franchise fees, transfer fees and other fees.
Currently, these fees are generally recognized upfront upon either store opening or upon execution of the property lease for an ADA, and upon execution of a lease
and delivery of training for franchise fees. The new guidance will generally require these fees to be recognized over the contractual terms of the franchise license.
The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of this new guidance as it relates to various forms of franchise fee revenue, including ADA and initial
franchise fees, transfer fees and other fees and has concluded that the impact will be approximately $13,500 of incremental revenue deferred as of January 1, 2018
in connection with the adoption of this guidance. The Company does not expect this new guidance to impact the recognition of royalty income. Additionally, the
adoption of this new guidance will change the way the Company reports receipts and expenses of the national advertising fund. Currently, the cash inflows and
expenses related to the national advertising fund are not presented on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. This guidance will require the Company
to report all national advertising fund cash inflows as revenues and all national advertising fund expenses as expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.
Under this guidance, the Company expects approximately $45,000 of incremental revenues and expenses in 2018 related to the national advertising fund.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases , in February 2016. This guidance is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by
recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. This guidance is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years for public companies. Early application of the amendments in this
update is permitted for all entities. The Company anticipates that adoption of this guidance will bring all current operating leases onto the statement of financial
position as a right of use asset and related rent liability, and is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of this guidance will have on its consolidated
statement of operations.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Stock Compensation , in March 2016. This guidance is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based
payment award transactions, including the recognition of the tax effects resulting from the settlement of stock-based awards, and allowing companies to make an
accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur. The Company adopted ASU
No. 2016-09 as of January 1, 2017 on a prospective basis, noting no material impact to the consolidated financial statements.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , in August 2016. This guidance is intended to reduce diversity in
practice of the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017,
including interim periods within that year. The Company does not expect the adoption of the standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial
statements.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment , in January 2017. This guidance eliminates the requirement to calculate the
implied fair value, essentially eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. The new standard requires goodwill impairment to be based upon the results
of step one of the impairment test, which is defined as the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit over its fair value. The impairment charge will be limited
to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim
periods within that year. This new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities , in August 2017. The guidance simplifies the application of
hedge accounting in certain situations and amends the hedge accounting model to enable entities to better portray the economics of their risk management activities
in the financial statements. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that year. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
79
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(3) Variable interest entities
The carrying values of VIEs included in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are as follows:
PF Melville
MMR
Total
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
$
$
$
4,420 $
3,360
7,780 $
— $
— $
— $
4,071 $
3,156
7,227 $
—
—
—
The Company also has variable interests in certain franchisees mainly through the guarantee of certain debt and lease agreements as well as financing provided by
the Company and by certain related parties to franchisees. The Company’s maximum obligation, as a result of its guarantees of leases and debt, is approximately
$979 and $1,350 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The amount of the Company’s maximum obligation represents a loss that the Company could incur from the variability in credit exposure without consideration of
possible recoveries through insurance or other means. In addition, the amount bears no relation to the ultimate settlement anticipated to be incurred from the
Company’s involvement with these entities, which is estimated at $0.
(4) National advertising fund
On July 26, 2011, the Company established Planet Fitness NAF, LLC (“NAF”) for the creation and development of marketing, advertising, and related programs
and materials for all Planet Fitness stores located in the United States and Puerto Rico. On behalf of the NAF, the Company collects 2% of gross monthly
membership billings from franchisees, in accordance with the provisions of the franchise agreements. The Company also contributes 2% of monthly membership
billings from stores owned by the Company to the NAF. The use of amounts received by NAF is restricted to advertising, product development, public relations,
merchandising, and administrative expenses and programs to increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of the Planet Fitness brand. The Company
consolidates and reports all assets and liabilities held by the NAF within the consolidated financial statements. Amounts received or receivable by NAF are
reported as restricted assets and restricted liabilities within current assets and current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company provides
administrative services to NAF and charges NAF a fee for providing those services. These services include accounting services, information technology, data
processing, product development, legal and administrative support, and other operating expenses, which amounted $2,150, $1,700 and $1,340 for the years ended
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The fees paid to the Company by NAF are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction in
general and administrative expense, where the expense incurred by the Company was initially recorded.
(5) Property and equipment
Property and equipment as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consists of the following:
Land
Equipment
Leasehold improvements
Buildings and improvements
Furniture & fixtures
Other
Construction in progress
Accumulated Depreciation
Total
December 31,
2017
December 31,
2016
$
$
910 $
32,403
60,181
5,107
9,790
7,923
3,241
119,555
(36,228)
83,327 $
910
27,283
41,249
5,107
3,708
5,673
8,295
92,225
(30,987)
61,238
The Company recorded depreciation expense of $13,886, $12,131, and $11,088 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
80
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(6) Goodwill and intangible assets
A summary of goodwill and intangible assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:
December 31, 2017
Customer relationships
Noncompete agreements
Favorable leases
Order backlog
Reacquired franchise rights
Indefinite-lived intangible:
Trade and brand names
Total intangible assets
Goodwill
December 31, 2016
Customer relationships
Noncompete agreements
Favorable leases
Order backlog
Reacquired franchise rights
Indefinite-lived intangible:
Trade and brand names
Total intangible assets
Goodwill
Weighted
average
amortization
period (years)
11.1
5.0
7.5
0.4
5.8
N/A
Weighted
average
amortization
period (years)
11.1
5.0
7.5
0.4
5.8
$
$
$
$
Gross
carrying
amount
Accumulated
amortization
Net carrying
Amount
171,782
14,500
2,935
3,400
8,950
201,567
146,300
347,867 $
176,981 $
(86,501) $
(14,500)
(1,972)
(3,400)
(5,837)
(112,210)
—
(112,210) $
— $
85,281
—
963
—
3,113
89,357
146,300
235,657
176,981
Gross
carrying
amount
171,782
14,500
2,935
3,400
8,950
201,567
Accumulated
amortization
Net carrying
Amount
(72,655) $
(12,027)
(1,643)
(3,400)
(4,280)
(94,005)
—
(94,005) $
— $
99,127
2,473
1,292
—
4,670
107,562
146,300
253,862
176,981
N/A
146,300
347,867 $
176,981 $
$
$
There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.
The Company determined that no impairment charges were required during any periods presented.
Amortization expense related to the intangible assets totaled $18,205, $19,757, and $21,543 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Included within these total amortization expense amounts are $330, $386, and $473 related to amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases for the years ended
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases is recorded within store operations as a component of rent
expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The anticipated annual amortization expense to be recognized in future years as of December 31, 2017 is as
follows:
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total
$
$
Amount
14,583
14,215
12,517
12,422
12,419
23,201
89,357
81
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(7) Long-term debt
Long-term debt as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consists of the following:
Term loan B requires quarterly installments plus interest through the
term of the loan, maturing March 31, 2021. Outstanding borrowings
bear interest at LIBOR or base rate (as defined) plus a margin at the
election of the borrower (4.59% at December 31, 2017 and 4.33% at
December 31, 2016)
Revolving credit line, requires interest only payments through the
term of the loan, maturing March 31, 2019. Outstanding borrowings
bear interest at LIBOR or base rate (as defined) plus a margin at the
election of the borrower (6.25% at December 31, 2017 and 6.0% at
December 31, 2016)
Total debt, excluding deferred financing costs
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization
Total debt
Current portion of long-term debt and line of credit
Long-term debt, net of current portion
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
$
709,470
$
716,654
—
709,470
(5,709)
703,761
7,185
696,576
$
—
716,654
(7,466)
709,188
7,185
702,003
$
On March 31, 2014, the Company entered into a five-year $430,000 credit facility with a consortium of banks and lenders to refinance its existing indebtedness, as
well as to provide funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, a $173,900 dividend and general corporate purposes. The facility consisted of a
$390,000 Term Loan and a $40,000 Revolving Credit Facility. On March 31, 2015, the Company amended this credit facility to increase the Term Loan to
$510,000 to fund a cash dividend of $140,000.
On November 10, 2016, the Company amended the credit facility to increase the Revolving Credit Facility to $75,000, reduce the interest rate margin for term loan
borrowings by 25 basis points, and increase the Term Loan to $718,450 primarily in order to fund a cash dividend and other equivalent payments totaling $271,011.
In connection with the amendment, during the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company capitalized and deferred financing costs of $2,219, recorded expense
of $3,001 related to certain third party fees included in other expense on the consolidated statement of operations, and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $606
included in interest expense on the consolidated statement of operations. The unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2017 was
$75,000. The Term Loan calls for quarterly principal installment payments of $1,796 through March 2021.
On May 26, 2017, the Company amended the credit facility to reduce the applicable interest rate margin for term loan borrowings by 50 basis points, to LIBOR
plus 300 basis points, with an additional 25 basis point reduction in applicable interest rate possible in the future so long as the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as
defined in the credit agreement) is less than 3.50 to 1.00. The amendment to the credit agreement also reduced the interest rate margin for revolving loan
borrowings by 25 basis points. In connection with the amendment to the credit agreement, in the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company capitalized deferred
financing costs of $257, recorded expense of $1,021 related to certain third party fees included in other expense on the consolidated statement of operations, and a
loss on extinguishment of debt of $79 included in interest expense on the consolidated statement of operations.
The credit facility requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants, which the Company was in compliance with as of December 31, 2017. The facility is
secured by all of the Company’s assets, excluding the assets attributable to the consolidated VIEs (see Note 3).
Future annual principal payments of long-term debt as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total
$
$
Amount
7,185
7,185
7,185
687,915
-
-
709,470
82
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(8) Derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company utilizes interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest rates on its variable-rate debt instruments.
The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging. The Company does not speculate using derivative
instruments.
By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is
the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is an asset, the counterparty owes
the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is a liability, the Company owes the counterparty and,
therefore, the Company is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk in derivative
instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties whose credit rating is higher than A1/A+ at the inception of the derivative transaction.
The derivative instruments entered into by the Company do not contain credit-risk-related contingent features.
Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The market risk associated with interest-rate
contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.
The Company assesses interest rate risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact expected future
cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company monitors interest rate risk attributable to both the Company’s outstanding or forecasted debt
obligations as well as the Company’s offsetting hedge positions.
In order to manage the market risk arising from the outstanding term loans, the Company has entered into a series of interest rate caps. During the year ended
December 31, 2017, the Company entered into two additional interest rate caps effective March 31, 2017 and terminating on March 31, 2019 with variable notional
amounts in order to hedge one month LIBOR greater than 2.5%. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had interest rate cap agreements with notional amounts of
$134,000 outstanding that were entered into in order to hedge three month LIBOR greater than 1.5%, and interest rate cap agreements with notional amounts of
$221,633 that were entered into in order to hedge one month LIBOR greater than 2.5%.
Changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps and caps designated as hedging instruments that effectively offset the variability of cash flows associated with
variable-rate, long-term debt obligations are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. These amounts subsequently are reclassified into interest
expense as a yield adjustment of the hedged interest payments in the same period in which the related interest affects earnings.
The interest rate cap balances of $340 and $306 were recorded within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016,
respectively. These amounts have been measured at fair value and are considered to be a Level 2 fair value measurement. The Company recorded an increase to the
value of its interest rate caps of $1,143, net of tax of $280, for the year ended December 31, 2017, and reductions to the value of its interest rate caps of $78 net of
tax of $35, and $1,388, net of tax of $29, during the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015, respectively, within other comprehensive income (loss).
As of December 31, 2017, the Company expects to reclassify immaterial gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the
next 12 months. Transactions and events expected to occur over the next twelve months that will necessitate reclassifying these derivatives’ gains to earnings
include quarterly payments on interest rate caps that are in the money.
(9) Deferred revenue
The summary set forth below represents the balances in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:
Prepaid membership fees
Enrollment fees
Equipment discount
Annual membership fees
Area development and franchise fees
Total deferred revenue
Long-term portion of deferred revenue
Current portion of deferred revenue
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
5,198 $
1,014
2,567
8,113
10,631
27,523
8,440
19,083 $
5,034
1,240
2,796
6,775
10,286
26,131
8,351
17,780
$
$
Equipment deposits received in advance of delivery, placement and customer acceptance as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $6,498 and $2,170, respectively
and are expected to be recognized as revenue in the next twelve months.
83
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The Company wrote-off $107 and $1,754 of expiring equipment discounts in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, that were originally
recorded in conn ection with the March 31, 2014 acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores. These amounts are included as a gain in other expense on the
consolidated statement of operations.
(10) Related party transactions
Amounts due from related parties of $3,020 and $2,864 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, primarily relate to currently due or potential
reimbursements for certain taxes accrued or paid by the Company (see note 14).
Activity with franchisees considered to be related parties is summarized below.
Franchise revenue
Equipment revenue
Total revenue from related parties
For the Year Ended
December 31,
2016
2017
$
$
2,130 $
3,464
5,594 $
1,760 $
1,338
3,098 $
2015
1,232
1,686
2,918
Additionally, the Company had deferred ADA revenue from related parties of $389 and $422 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The Company entered into a consulting agreement that continues through December 31, 2018 with a shareholder and former executive officer of the Company.
The Company paid rent and lease termination costs for its former headquarters to MMC Fox Run, LLC, which is currently owned by Chris Rondeau, our
CEO, and Marc Grondahl, a shareholder and former executive officer and former member of our board of directors, in the amounts of $898, $406, and $412, for the
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Company paid management fees to TSG totaling $0, $0, and $1,899 during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. In connection
with the IPO, the Company paid a $1,000 termination fee related to the termination of its management agreement with TSG, which is included in the management
fees paid for the year ended December 31, 2015.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 , the Company had $44,794 and $419,071, respectively, payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, see
Note 14.
A member of the Company’s board of directors, who is also a franchisee, holds an approximate 10.5% ownership of a company that sells amenity tracking
compliance software to Planet Fitness stores. As of December 31, 2017, the software was being utilized at 15 corporate-owned stores and approximately 300
franchise stores.
(11) Stockholder’s equity
The recapitalization transactions
The Company refers to the Merger, Reclassification and entry into the Exchange agreement, each as described below, as the “recapitalization transactions.” The
Merger was effected pursuant to a merger agreement by and among the Company and Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. (a predecessor entity to the Company) and the
recapitalization transactions were effected pursuant to a recapitalization agreement by and among the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings, the Continuing LLC Owners and
Direct TSG Investors.
Merger
Prior to the Merger, the Direct TSG Investors held interests in Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P., a predecessor entity to the Company that held indirect interests in Pla-
Fit Holdings. Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. was formed in October 2014 and had no material assets, liabilities or operations, other than as a holding company
owning indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings. The Direct TSG Investors consist of investment funds affiliated with TSG. Pursuant to a merger agreement dated June
22, 2015, upon the pricing of the IPO, Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. merged with and into the Company, and the interests in Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. held by
the Direct TSG Investors were converted into 26,106,930 shares of Class A common stock of the Company. The Company refers to this as the “Merger.” All shares
of Class A common stock have both voting and economic rights in Planet Fitness, Inc.
The Merger was effected on August 5, 2015, prior to the time our Class A common stock was registered under the Exchange Act and prior to the completion of the
IPO.
84
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Reclassification
The equity interests of Pla-Fit Holdings previously consisted of three different classes of limited liability company units (Class M, Class T and Class O). Prior to
the completion of the IPO, the limited liability company agreement of Pla-Fit Holdings was amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital
structure to create a single new class of units, the Holdings Units. The Company refers to this capital structure modification as the “Reclassification.”
The Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interest in Pla-Fit Holdings was held through Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. As a result, following the Merger, in which Planet
Fitness Holdings, L.P. merged with and into the Company, the Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings are held through the Company.
Therefore, the Holdings Units received in the Reclassification were allocated to: (1) the Continuing LLC Owners based on their existing interests in Pla-Fit
Holdings; and (2) the Company to the extent of the Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. The number of Holdings Units allocated to the
Company in the Reclassification was equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that the Direct TSG Investors received in the Merger (on a one-for-
one basis).
The Reclassification was effected on August 5, 2015, prior to the time our Class A common stock was registered under the Exchange Act and prior to the
completion of the IPO.
Following the Merger and the Reclassification, the Company issued to Continuing LLC Owners 72,602,810 shares of Class B common stock, one share of Class B
common stock for each Holdings Unit they held. The shares of Class B common stock have no rights to dividends or distributions, whether in cash or stock, but
entitle the holder to one vote per share on matters presented to stockholders of the Company. The Continuing LLC Owners consist of investment funds affiliated
with TSG and certain employees and directors.
Pursuant to the LLC agreement that went into effect at the time of the Reclassification (“New LLC Agreement”), the Company was designated as the sole
managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings. Accordingly, the Company has the right to determine when distributions will be made by Pla-Fit Holdings to its members
and the amount of any such distributions (subject to the requirements with respect to the tax distributions described below). If the Company authorizes a
distribution by Pla-Fit Holdings, the distribution will be made to the members of Pla-Fit Holdings, including the Company, pro rata in accordance with the
percentages of their respective Holdings Units.
The holders of Holdings Units will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings (as calculated
pursuant to the New LLC Agreement). Net profits and net losses of Pla-Fit Holdings will generally be allocated to its members pursuant to the New LLC
Agreement pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Holdings Units. The New LLC Agreement provides for cash distributions to the holders
of Holdings Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Pla-Fit Holdings that is allocated to them, to the extent other
distributions from Pla-Fit Holdings for the relevant year have been insufficient to cover such liability. Generally, these tax distributions are computed based on the
estimated taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings allocable to the holders of Holdings Units multiplied by an assumed, combined tax rate equal to the maximum rate
applicable to an individual or corporation resident in Hampton, NH (taking into account the non-deductibility of certain expenses and the character of the
Company’s income).
Exchange agreement
Following the Merger and the Reclassification, the Company and the Continuing LLC Owners entered into an exchange agreement under which the Continuing
LLC Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, from time to time and subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, to exchange their
Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the
Company) on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and similar transactions. As a
Continuing LLC Owner exchanges Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock,
the number of Holdings Units held by the Company will increase by a corresponding amount as it acquires the exchanged Holdings Units and cancels a
corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock.
IPO transactions
In connection with the completion of the IPO on August 11, 2015, in order to facilitate the disposition of equity interests in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Continuing
LLC Owners affiliated with TSG, the Company used the net proceeds received to purchase issued and outstanding Holdings Units from these Continuing LLC
Owners that they received in the Reclassification. In connection with the IPO, the Company purchased 10,491,055 issued and outstanding Holdings Units from
these Continuing LLC Owners for an aggregate of $156,946. This is in addition to the 26,106,930 Holdings Units that the Company acquired in the Reclassification
on a one-for-one basis in relation to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued to the Direct TSG Investors in the Merger. Accordingly, following the
IPO, the Company held 36,597,985 Holdings Units, which is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that were issued to the Direct TSG Investors
and investors in the IPO. The Direct TSG Investors, who did not receive Holdings Units in the Reclassification but received shares of Class A common stock in the
Merger, sold 5,033,945 shares of Class A common stock in the IPO as selling stockholders. All expenses of the IPO, other than underwriter discounts and
commissions, were borne by Pla-Fit Holdings or reimbursed by Pla-Fit Holdings to the Company
85
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
and amounted to $7,697 for the year ended December 31, 2015. These amounts were recorded in selling, general, and administrative expense in the accompanying
statements of operations and could not be capitalized an d offset against the proceeds from the offering because the Company did not retain any of the proceeds
from the IPO.
June 2016 Secondary Offering
As described in Note 1, on June 28, 2016 the Company completed the June Secondary Offering of 11,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock at a price of
$16.50 per share. All of the shares sold in the offering were offered by Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing LLC Owners. The Company did not
receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing LLC Owners. The
shares sold in the offering consisted of (i) 3,608,840 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 7,891,160 newly-issued
shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the June
Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 7,891,160 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered by the Continuing LLC
Owners that participated in the June Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 7,891,160
Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
September 2016 Secondary Offering
As described in Note 1, on September 28, 2016, the Company completed the September Secondary Offering of 8,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock at a
price of 19.62 per share. All of the shares sold in the offering were offered by the Direct TSG Investors and participating Continuing LLC Owners. The Company
did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing LLC Owners.
The shares sold in the offering consisted of (i) 2,593,981 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 5,406,019 newly-
issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the
September Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 5,406,019 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered by the
Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the September Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc.
received 5,406,019 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
November 2016 Secondary Offering
As described in Note 1, on November 22, 2016, the Company completed the November Secondary Offering of 15,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock at a
price of $23.22 per share. All of the shares sold in the offering were offered by the Direct TSG Investors and participating Continuing LLC Owners. The Company
did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing LLC Owners.
The shares sold in the offering consisted of (i) 4,863,715 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 10,136,285 newly-
issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the
November Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,136,285 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered by the
Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the November Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc.
received 10,136,285 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
March 2017 Secondary Offering
As described in Note 1, on March 14, 2017, the Company completed the March Secondary Offering of 15,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of
$20.44 per share. All of the shares sold in the March Secondary Offering were offered by certain existing holders of Holdings Units and the Direct TSG Investors.
The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating holders of
Holdings Units. The shares sold in the March Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 4,790,758 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG
Investors and (ii) 10,209,242 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the holders of Holdings
Units that participated in the March Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,209,242 shares of Class B common stock were
surrendered by the holders of Holdings Units that participated in the March Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange,
Planet Fitness, Inc. received 10,209,242 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
May 2017 Secondary Offering
As described in Note 1, on May 10, 2017, the Company completed the May Secondary Offering of 16,085,510 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of
$20.28 per share. All of the shares sold in the May Secondary Offering were offered by certain existing holders of Holdings Units and the Direct TSG Investors.
The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating holders of
Holdings Units. The shares sold in the May
86
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Secondary Offering consist ed of (i) 5,215,691 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 10,869,819 newly-issued shares
of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the holders of Holdings Units that participated in the May Secondary
Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,869,819 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered by the holders of Holdings Units
that participated in the May Secondary Offering and canceled. Addit ionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 10,869,819 Holdings
Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
Other Exchanges
In addition to the secondary offerings mentioned above, during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, certain Continuing LLC Owners have
exercised their exchange right and exchanged 4,762,943 and 1,271,146 Holdings Units for 4,762,943 1,271,146 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock.
Simultaneously, and in connection with these exchanges, 4,762,943 and 1,271,146 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered by the Continuing LLC
Owners that exercised their exchange right and cancelled in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Additionally, in connection with these
exchanges, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 4,762,943 and 1,271,146 Holdings Units, during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, increasing its
total ownership in Pla-Fit Holdings. Future exchanges of Holdings Units by the Continuing LLC Owners will result in a change in ownership and reduce the
amount recorded as non-controlling interest and increase additional paid-in capital on our consolidated balance sheets.
As a result of the recapitalization transactions, the IPO, completion of our secondary offerings, and other exchanges and equity activity, as of December 31, 2017:
•
•
•
the investors in the IPO, the Company’s secondary offerings, other exchanges and equity activity collectively owned 87,188,160 shares of our Class A
common stock, representing 88.6% of the voting power in the Company and, through the Company, 88.6% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings;
the Continuing LLC Owners collectively hold 11,192,740 Holdings Units, representing 11.4% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings and 11,192,740
shares of our Class B common stock, representing 11.4% of the voting power in the Company; and
the Direct TSG Investors own zero shares of our Class A common stock, representing 0% of the voting power in the Company and, through the Company,
0% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.
Dividends
The Company did not declare or pay any dividends during the year ended December 31, 2017. Dividends declared and paid to holders of the Company’s Class A
common stock during the year ended December 31, 2016 were $169,282, or $2.78 per share of Class A common stock. The dividend was declared on November
10, 2016 and paid on December 5, 2016 to Class A common stock holders of record as of November 22, 2016. The Company also paid cash dividend equivalents of
$101,729, or $2.78 per share, to holders of Holdings Units on December 5, 2016 and accrued $3,899 of dividend equivalents for future payment to holders of
unvested share awards to be paid upon vesting of the related awards.
(12) Equity-based compensation
2013 Equity Incentive Plan
In 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”). Under the 2013 Plan, the Company granted awards in the
form of Class M Units to certain employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Class M Units received distributions (other than tax
distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceeded a threshold equivalent to the fair value of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board
of Directors, at the grant date. Eighty percent of the awards vest over five years of continuous employment or service while the other twenty percent only vest in
the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or that of its parent or one of its subsidiaries, subject to the holder of the Class M Units
remaining employed or providing services on the date of such initial public offering. All awards include a repurchase option at the election of the Company for the
vested portion upon termination of employment or service, and have a ten year contractual term. These awards are accounted for as equity at their fair value as of
the grant date. In connection with the IPO and related recapitalization transactions as described in Note 1, all of the outstanding Class M Units were converted into
Holdings Units and Class B common shares of Planet Fitness, Inc. in accordance with the terms of the awards. The Company’s IPO constituted a qualifying event
under the terms of the awards and as a result 4,238,338 Holdings Units and corresponding Class B Common shares were issued to the existing Class M Unit
holders with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $1.52 per share. The Company recorded $152 and $784 of compensation expense in the years ended
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to these awards.
The fair value of each award was estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model.
87
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company modified th e vesting terms of 22,527 outstanding Holdings Units such that those units were fully vested
immediately. In connection with the modification, the Company recorded $337 of compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2016. During the year
ended Dece mber 31, 2015, the Company modified the vesting terms of 10.737 outstanding Class M Units such that those units were fully vested and eligible to
receive distributions following a liquidity event.
A summary of unvested Holdings Unit activity is presented below:
Holdings Units
Weighted average
grant date fair
value
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
Aggregate
intrinsic value
Unvested outstanding at January 1, 2017
Units granted
Units forfeited
Units vested
1,025,016 $
—
(150,181) $
(604,614) $
270,221 $
1.52
—
1.52
1.52
1.52
Unvested outstanding at December 31, 2017
The amount of total unrecognized compensation cost related to all awards under this plan was $53 as of December 31, 2017, which is expected to be recognized
over a weighted-average period of 0.7 years.
0.7
$
9,358
2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Stock Options
In August 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "2015 Plan") under which the Company may grant options and other equity-based
awards to purchase up to 7,896,800 shares to employees, directors and officers. All stock options awarded vest annually, on a tranche by tranche basis, over a
period of four years with a maximum contractual term of 10 years.
The fair value of stock option awards granted were determined on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following assumptions:
Expected term (years) (1)
Expected volatility (2)
Risk-free interest rate (3)
Dividend yield (4)
Year ended December 31,
2017
6.25
28.6% - 32.9%
1.86% - 2.10%
—
2016
6.25
33.2% - 34.4%
1.31% - 1.76%
—
Expected term represents the estimated period of time until an award is exercised and was determined using the simplified method.
Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of a selected peer group over a period equivalent to the expected term.
The risk-free rate is an interpolation of yields on U.S. Treasury securities with maturities equivalent to the expected term.
Based on an assumed a dividend yield of zero at the time of grant.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2017:
Outstanding at January 1, 2017
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31, 2017
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2017
Exercisable at December 31, 2017
Stock Options
Weighted
average
exercise price
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
Aggregate
intrinsic value
404,470
617,904
(27,191)
(76,977)
918,206
918,206
90,046
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
17.49
20.97
17.63
20.32
19.59
19.59
17.23
8.7
8.7
8.2
$
$
$
13,811
13,811
1,567
88
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $7.73. During the years ended December 31,
2017 and 2016, $2,195 and $846, respectively, was recorded to selling, general and administrative expense related to these stock options. As of December 31, 2017,
total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options, was $3,666, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9
years.
Restricted stock units
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company granted 13,498 restricted Class A stock units (“RSUs”) to members of its Board of Directors under the
2015 Plan. The RSUs granted vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, provided that the recipient continues to serve on the Board of Directors through the
vesting dates. RSU awards are valued using the intrinsic value method.
Unvested outstanding at January 1, 2017
Granted
Vested
Unvested outstanding at December 31, 2017
Weighted
average
fair value
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
Aggregate
intrinsic value
19.02
24.25
19.35
23.26
0.6
$
462
Stock Options
7,887
13,498
(5,167)
16,218
$
$
$
$
The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $24.25. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and
2016, $184 and $98, respectively, was recorded to selling, general and administrative expense related to these RSUs. As of December 31, 2017, total unrecognized
compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was $219, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.6 years.
(13) Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2017
and 2016, and the period from August 6, 2015 through December 31, 2015, the periods following the recapitalization transactions and IPO, by the weighted-
average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the same periods. Diluted earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by
dividing net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding adjusted to give effect to
potentially dilutive securities. There were no shares of Class A or Class B common stock outstanding prior to August 6, 2015, therefore no earnings per share
information has been presented for any period prior to that date.
Shares of the Company’s Class B common stock do not share in the earnings or losses attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. and are therefore not participating
securities. As such, separate presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share of Class B common stock under the two-class method has not been presented.
Shares of the Company’s Class B common stock are, however, considered potentially dilutive shares of Class A common stock because shares of Class B common
stock, together with the related Holdings Units, are exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
89
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The following table sets forth reconciliations of the numerators and denominators used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share of Class A common stock:
Basic net income per share:
Numerator
Net income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. - basic & diluted
Denominator
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding - basic
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options
Restricted stock units
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding - diluted
Earnings per share of Class A common stock - basic
Earnings per share of Class A common stock - diluted
Year ended
December 31,
2017
Year ended
December 31,
2016
August 6, 2015 through
December 31, 2015
$
$
$
$
55,601
22,455
33,146
$
$
71,247 $
49,747
21,500 $
23,454
19,348
4,106
78,910,390
43,300,288
36,243,557
56,198
4,962
78,971,550
1,489
2,908
43,304,685
0.42
0.42
$
$
0.50 $
0.50 $
—
—
36,243,557
0.11
0.11
Weighted average shares of Class B common stock of 19,483,737, 55,305,992 and 62,466,183 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the period
from August 6, 2015 through December 31, 2015, respectively, were evaluated under the if-converted method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to
be anti-dilutive. Weighted-average stock options outstanding of 489,133, 208,452 and 108,270 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the period
from August 6, 2015 through December 31, 2015, respectively, were evaluated under the treasury stock method for potential dilutive effects and were determined
to be anti-dilutive. Weighted average restricted stock units outstanding of 1,829 and 8,160 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the period from August 6,
2015 through December 31, 2015, respectively, were evaluated under the treasury stock method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to be anti-
dilutive.
(14) Income taxes
Income before the provision for income taxes as shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is as follows:
Domestic
Foreign
Total income before the provision for income taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:
2017
$
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
426,873 $
2,308
429,181
88,016
1,892
89,908
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current tax expense
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred tax expense
Provision for income taxes
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
(2,600) $
2,941
817
1,158
365,470
6,857
95
372,422
373,580 $
1,206
1,428
421
3,055
11,633
3,755
218
15,606
18,661
$
$
90
$
$
$
2015
48,716
(1,438)
47,278
686
2,188
139
3,013
5,636
935
(436)
6,135
9,148
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
As a result of the recapitalization transactions, the Company became the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S.
federal and most applicable state and local income tax purpose s. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income
taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by Pla-Fit Holdings is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, includin g the
Company following the recapitalization transactions, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local
income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit H oldings following the recapitalization transactions. The Company is also subject
to taxes in foreign jurisdictions.
On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Act was enacted, making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a
corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% beginning on January 1, 2018, the transition of U.S international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a modified
territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. We have calculated
our best estimate of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act in our year end income tax provision in accordance with our understanding of the law and available guidance
and as a result have recorded $334,619 as additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted, of which
$334,022 related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, and $597 related to mandatory repatriation. The 2017 Tax Act also caused a
remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements, as discussed in more detail below.
On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118") was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does
not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax
effects of the 2017 Tax Act. The Company has analyzed the 2017 Tax Act and made reasonable estimates of the effects on our consolidated financial statements
and tax disclosures, including changes to our existing deferred tax balances, the mandatory repatriation tax and remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements. The
Company will continue to analyze the effects of the 2017 Tax Act on its consolidated financial statements. Any additional impacts from the enactment of the Tax
Act will be recorded as they are identified during the measurement period and we may record additional provisional amounts or adjustments to provisional amounts
during 2018.
A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:
U.S. statutory tax rate
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit
State rate change impact on deferred taxes
Federal rate change impact on deferred taxes
Tax benefit arrangement liability adjustment
Foreign tax rate differential
Withholding taxes and other
Reserve for uncertain tax position
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
Effective tax rate
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
35.0%
1.0%
0.8%
77.8%
(25.8)%
—%
0.1%
0.1%
(1.9)%
87.1%
35.0%
4.9%
(1.4)%
—%
—%
(0.3)%
—%
3.1%
(20.5)%
20.8%
35.0%
6.2%
6.9%
—%
(2.1)%
0.3%
0.2%
—%
(27.1)%
19.4%
The Company incurs U.S. federal and state income taxes on its pro rata share of income flowed through from Pla-Fit Holdings. Our current tax rate on such income
was approximately 39.5%, 39.5%, and 39.4% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The provision for income taxes also reflects a
state tax rate of 2.1%, 2.0% and 2.5% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, applied to non-controlling interests, representing the
remaining percentage of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings. As of December 31, 2017, the Company
recorded U.S. tax on mandatory repatriation of the undistributed earnings of foreign operations as well as foreign withholding tax. Undistributed earnings of foreign
operations were not material for the year ended December 31, 2016.
91
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. Details of the Company’s deferred
tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued expense and reserves
Deferred revenue
Goodwill and intangible assets
Net operating loss
Other
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses
Property and equipment
Total deferred tax liabilities
Total deferred tax assets and liabilities
Reported as:
Deferred income taxes - non-current assets
Deferred income taxes - non-current liabilities
Total deferred tax assets and liabilities
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,422
1,900
404,547
603
3,619
412,091
(773)
(5,165)
(5,938)
406,153
407,782
(1,629)
406,153
$
$
$
$
$
$
865
2,029
406,447
22
4,218
413,581
(781)
(3,631)
(4,412)
409,169
410,407
(1,238)
409,169
The Company has net operating loss carryforwards related to its U.S. operations of approximately $2,725, which begin to expire in 2037. The Company believes as
of December 31, 2017 it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize all deferred tax assets, and as
such no value allowance has been recorded.
A summary of the changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax positions is as follows:
Balance at beginning of year
Increases related to prior year tax positions
Balance at end of year
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
2,608
—
2,608
$
$
300
2,308
2,608
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized $152 within current tax expense related to the interest on a reserve for an uncertain tax
position. The uncertain tax position relates to a potential liability associated with a 2012 state filing position currently under audit by the taxing authorities. While
the Company believes it is more likely than not that its position will be sustained, the amount recorded after assessing the likelihood of various potential outcomes
is based upon the facts and circumstances known as of December 31, 2017. In connection with the 2012 Acquisition of Pla-Fit Holdings on November 8, 2012 by
TSG, the sellers are obligated to indemnify the Company for certain pre-acquisition tax liabilities. The Company has therefore recorded an asset and corresponding
other income of $152 in connection with the indemnification in the year ended December 31, 2017.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if applicable, related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. Interest and penalties
recorded for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $152 and $465, respectively. Interest and penalties for the year ended December 31, 2015 were not
material.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the total liability related to uncertain tax positions was $2,608, excluding interest. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits as
of December 31, 2017 that, if recognized, would reduce income tax expense is $2,608. As of December 31, 2017, the Company anticipates that the liability for
unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by up to $2,608 within the next twelve months due to the expiration of certain statutes of limitation or the settlement of
examinations or issues with tax authorities .
92
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The Company and its subsidiaries file U.S. federal income tax returns, as well as tax returns i n various state and foreign jurisdictions. Generally, the tax years 2014
through 2017 remain open to examination by the tax authorities in these jurisdictions. The Company is currently under audit in its primary state jurisdiction, New
Hampshire, for 2012 and 2013.
Tax benefit arrangements
The Company’s acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s
Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, the
Company entered into two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, the Company generally is required to pay to the TRA Holders 85% of the
applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units
sold to the Company (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and
(ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, the
Company generally is required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors 85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of the
tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase
of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, the Company generally retains the benefit of the remaining 15% of
the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement (see Note 11), to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current
tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the TRA Holders have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount
sufficient to pay such liability (up to 3.5% of the value receive upon exchange). If and when the Company subsequently realizes a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit
Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant TRA LLC Owner in respect of its contribution. Due to changes in New Hampshire
tax law during 2016, the Company no longer expects to incur any such liability under the New Hampshire business profits tax. The Company recorded other
income of $317,353, other expense of $72 and other income of $2,549 in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, reflecting a change in
the tax benefit obligation attributable to a change in the expected tax benefits. Included in this amount i n 2017, was a gain of $316,813 related to the
remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements in connection with changes in the tax rate due to the 2017 Tax Act. This remeasurement gain, which is not subject
to federal or state income tax, favorably impacted our effective federal and state income tax rates in 2017.
In connection with the exchanges that occurred in the secondary offerings and other exchanges during 2017 and 2016, 25,842,004 and 24,704,610 Holdings Units,
respectively, were redeemed by the Continuing LLC Owners for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock, resulting in an increase in the tax basis of the net
assets of Pla-Fit Holdings subject to the provisions of the tax receivable agreements. As a result of the change in Planet Fitness, Inc.’s ownership percentage of Pla-
Fit Holdings that occurred in conjunction with the exchanges, we recorded a decrease to our net deferred tax assets of $24,371 and $25,046, during the years ended
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As a result of these exchanges, during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 we also recognized deferred tax
assets in the amount of $394,108 and $332,471, respectively, and corresponding tax benefit arrangement liabilities of $341,089 and $285,730, respectively,
representing 85% of the tax benefits due to the TRA Holders. The offset to the entries recorded in connection with exchanges in each year was to stockholders’
equity.
The tax benefit obligation was $431,360 and $419,071 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Projected future payments under the tax benefit arrangements are as follows:
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total
$
$
Amount
31,062
23,298
23,596
24,010
24,482
304,912
431,360
93
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(15) Commitments and contingencies
(a) Operating lease commitments
The Company rents equipment, office, and warehouse space at various locations in the United States and Canada under noncancelable operating leases. Rental
expense was $20,296, $19,203, and $18,186 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Approximate annual future commitments under
noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total
Amount
$
$
14,563
13,439
12,495
10,747
9,993
48,712
109,949
(b) Legal matters
From time to time, and in the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various claims, charges, and litigation, such as employment-related claims and
slip and fall cases. The Company is not currently aware of any legal proceedings or claims that the Company believes will have, individually or in the aggregate, a
material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or result of operations.
(c) Purchase commitments
As of December 31, 2017, the Company had advertising purchase commitments of approximately $30,400, including commitments made by the NAF. In addition,
the Company had open purchase orders of approximately $10,823 primarily related to equipment to be sold to franchisees.
(d) Guarantees
The Company has guaranteed certain leases and debt agreements of entities that were previously related through common ownership. These guarantees relate to
leases for operating space, equipment, and other operating costs of franchises operated by the related entities. The Company’s maximum obligation, as a result of
its guarantees of leases and debt, is approximately $979 and $1,350 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and would only require payment upon default
by the primary obligor. The Company has determined the fair value of these guarantees at inception is not material, and as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, no
accrual has been recorded for the Company’s potential obligation under its guaranty arrangement.
(16) Retirement Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) deferred tax savings plan (the Plan) for eligible employees. The Plan provides for the Company to make an employer matching
contribution currently equal to 100% of employee deferrals up to a maximum of 4% of each eligible participating employees’ wages. Total employer matching
contributions expensed in the consolidated statements of operations were approximately $623, $484, and $384 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and
2015, respectively.
(17) Segments
The Company has three reportable segments: (i) Franchise; (ii) Corporate-owned stores; and (iii) Equipment.
The Company’s operations are organized and managed by type of products and services and segment information is reported accordingly. The Company’s chief
operating decision maker (the “CODM”) is its Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews financial performance and allocates resources by reportable segment.
There have been no operating segments aggregated to arrive at the Company’s reportable segments.
The Franchise segment includes operations related to the Company’s franchising business in the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic and
Panama. The Corporate-owned stores segment includes operations with respect to all Corporate-owned stores throughout the United States and Canada. The
Equipment segment includes the sale of equipment to franchisee-owned stores.
94
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments and
allocates resources to them based on revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, referred to as Segment EBITDA. Revenues for all
operating segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and include no intersegment revenues.
The tables below summarize the financial information for the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The
“Corporate and other” column, as it relates to Segment EBITDA, primarily includes corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and related benefit costs and
professional services which are not directly attributable to any individual segment.
Revenue
Franchise segment revenue - U.S.
Franchise segment revenue - International
Franchise segment total
Corporate-owned stores segment - U.S.
Corporate-owned stores segment - International
Corporate-owned stores segment total
Equipment segment - U.S.
Equipment segment total
Total revenue
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
$
$
147,787 $
2,368
150,155
107,712
4,402
112,114
167,673
167,673
429,942 $
114,717
1,771
116,488
100,541
4,180
104,721
157,032
157,032
378,241
$
$
87,299
786
88,085
95,459
2,931
98,390
144,062
144,062
330,537
Franchise segment revenue includes franchise revenue and commission income.
Franchise revenue includes revenue generated from placement services of $11,371, $10,513, and $9,806 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,
respectively.
Segment EBITDA
Franchise
Corporate-owned stores
Equipment
Corporate and other
Total Segment EBITDA
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
$
$
126,459 $
46,855
38,539
284,372
496,225 $
97,256
40,847
36,439
(26,007)
148,535
$
$
66,030
36,070
31,936
(30,051)
103,985
The following table reconciles total Segment EBITDA to income before taxes:
Total Segment EBITDA
Less:
Depreciation and amortization
Other expense
Income from operations
Interest expense, net
Other income (expense)
Income before income taxes
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
$
496,225 $
148,535
$
103,985
31,761
316,928
147,536
(35,283)
316,928
429,181 $
31,502
1,371
115,662
(27,125)
1,371
89,908
$
32,158
(275)
72,102
(24,549)
(275)
47,278
$
95
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the Company’s assets by reportable segment:
Franchise
Corporate-owned stores
Equipment
Unallocated
Total consolidated assets
December 31, 2017
$
$
243,348 $
167,367
206,632
475,118
1,092,465 $
December 31, 2016
202,580
153,761
208,809
436,292
1,001,442
The table above includes $2,558 and $2,795 of long-lived assets located in the Company’s international corporate-owned stores as of December 31, 2017 and 2016
, respectively.
The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill by reportable segment:
Franchise
Corporate-owned stores
Equipment
Total consolidated goodwill
December 31, 2017
$
$
16,938 $
67,377
92,666
176,981 $
December 31, 2016
16,938
67,377
92,666
176,981
(18) Corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores
The following table shows changes in our corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
Franchisee-owned stores:
Stores operated at beginning of period
New stores opened
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)
Stores operated at end of period
Corporate-owned stores:
Stores operated at beginning of period
New stores opened
Stores acquired from franchisees
Stores operated at end of period
Total stores:
Stores operated at beginning of period
New stores opened
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)
Stores operated at end of period
2017
Year Ended December 31,
2016
2015
1,255
206
(5)
1,456
58
4
—
62
1,313
210
(5)
1,518
1,066
195
(6)
1,255
58
—
—
58
1,124
195
(6)
1,313
863
206
(3)
1,066
55
3
—
58
918
209
(3)
1,124
(1)
The term “debrand” refers to a franchisee-owned store whose right to use the Planet Fitness brand and marks has been terminated in accordance with the franchise agreement. We retain
the right to prevent debranded stores from continuing to operate as fitness centers. The term “consolidated” refers to the combination of a franchisee’s store with another store located in
close proximity with our prior approval. This often coincides with an enlargement, re-equipment and/or refurbishment of the remaining store.
96
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(19) Quarterly financial data (unaudited)
Total revenue
Income from operations
Net income
Net income (loss) attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.
Earnings (loss) per share:
Class A - Basic
Class A - Diluted
Total revenue
Income from operations
Net income
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.
Earnings per share:
Class A - Basic
Class A - Diluted
(20) Subsequent events
March 31,
2017
June 30,
2017
September 30,
2017
December 31,
2017
For the quarter ended
$
91,102
33,055
17,866
8,842
0.14 $
0.14 $
$
107,316
38,250
18,004
12,412
0.16 $
0.16 $
$
97,496
33,954
18,902
15,345
0.18 $
0.18 $
134,028
42,277
829
(3,453)
(0.04)
(0.04)
March 31,
2016
June 30,
2016
September 30,
2016
December 31,
2016
For the quarter ended
$
83,343
25,610
16,345
3,368
0.09 $
0.09 $
$
91,472
27,831
18,091
4,132
0.11 $
0.11 $
$
87,007
26,153
14,863
3,425
0.08 $
0.08 $
116,419
36,068
21,948
10,575
0.19
0.18
$
$
$
$
$
$
On January 1, 2018, the Company completed an asset purchase acquisition of a franchise group representing six franchise stores operating in Suffolk County, New
York for approximately $28,600.
On February 22, 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase of $80,000 to our current $20,000 share repurchase program, bringing the total
authorized amount available for repurchase to $100,000. The timing of the purchases and the amount of stock repurchased is subject to the Company’s discretion
and will depend on market and business conditions, the Company’s general working capital needs, stock price, applicable legal requirements and other factors. The
Company’s ability to repurchase shares at any particular time is also subject to continued compliance with the terms of our credit agreement. Purchases may be
effected through one or more open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, transactions structured through investment banking institutions, or a
combination of the foregoing. The Company is not obligated under the program to acquire any particular amount of stock and can suspend or terminate the program
at any time.
97
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accou ntants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that
are intended to ensure that information that would be required to be disclosed in Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the
time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
An evaluation was performed, under the supervision, and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2017. Based on this evaluation, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017 at the reasonable
assurance level.
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is
defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the
company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
•
•
•
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors
of the company; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, the company’s
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated 2013
Framework.
Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2017 , our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those
criteria.
KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Remediation Activities
In the first half of 2015, management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our controls over the authorization of
IT hardware purchases and the processing of related invoices. The internal controls in place during this time were not adequate to detect fraudulent purchases made
by an employee whose employment we terminated.
Since identifying this material weakness, we implemented processes and controls designed to remediate this material weakness by revising existing, and
implementing new, procedures and systems regarding (i) authorizing purchases, (ii) receiving invoices, (iii) receiving IT hardware products and (iv) processing
invoices. As a result of the successful implementation of the remediation actions noted, as well as subsequent successful testing of the design and operation of the
enhanced control procedures, management has concluded that its material weakness as disclosed in prior periods was remediated as of March 31, 2016.
Other than the aforementioned remediation efforts, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent
fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
98
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Planet Fitness, Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance
sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in
equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and financial statement Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”), and our report dated March 1, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated
financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and
are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 1, 2018
Item 9B. Other Information.
Not applicable.
99
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information called for by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to
be held May 2, 2018. We intend to file such Definitive Proxy Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days
after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this Item 11 will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement referenced above in Item 10 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this Item 12 will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement referenced above in Item 10 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this Item 13 will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement referenced above in Item 10 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by this Item 14 will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement referenced above in Item 10 and is incorporated herein by reference.
100
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
(1)
Financial statements (included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K):
PART IV
•
•
•
•
•
•
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(2)
Financial Statements Schedules
•
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
December 31, 2015
Balance at Beginning
of Period
Provision for
(recovery of) doubtful
accounts, net
Write-offs and other
Balance at End of
Period
$
$
687
629
399
$
(19)
58
650
$
(636)
-
(420)
32
687
629
All other separate financial statements schedules have been omitted because such information is inapplicable or is included in the financial
statements or notes described above.
(3)
Exhibits
The exhibits listed in the following Exhibits Index, are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Exhibit
number
Exhibit
description
Filed
herewith
Incorporated by Reference
Form
File no.
Exhibit
Filing date
3.1
3.2
4.1
10.1
10.2
10.3
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Planet Fitness, Inc
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Planet Fitness, Inc.
Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014
among Planet Intermediate, LLC, as Holdings, Planet Fitness Holdings,
LLC, as Borrower, the other loan parties thereto, and the lenders party
thereto
Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as
of March 31, 2015 among Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness
Holdings, LLC, the lenders party thereto and JP Morgan Chase Bank,
N.A.
Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of
March 31, 2014 by and between Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness
Holdings, LLC, as Borrower, and Borrower Grantors from time to time
party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
for the lenders party thereto
101
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1
333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
333-205141
S-1
3.1
3.2
4.1
10.1
15-Jul-15
22-Jun-15
27-Jul-15
22-Jun-15
S-1
333-205141
10.2
22-Jun-15
S-1
333-205141
10.3
22-Jun-15
Exhibit
number
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
Exhibit
description
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated November 10, 2016, by
and among Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC,
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders
party thereto
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 26, 2017, by and
among Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC,
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders
party thereto
Form of Amended and Restated Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC Operating
Agreement
Form of Tax Receivable Agreement with the Continuing LLC Owners
Form of Tax Receivable Agreement with the Direct TSG Investors
Form of Registration Rights Agreement
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated August
30, 2016, by and among Planet Fitness, Inc., the Investors (as defined
therein) and the Managers (as defined therein)
Form of Stockholders Agreement
Form of Exchange Agreement
Amendment No. 1 to the Exchange Agreement, dated August 30, 2016,
by and among Planet Fitness, Inc., Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and the
holders of Holdings Units (as defined therein) and shares of Class B
Common Stock (as defined therein)
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Christopher
Rondeau
Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Dorvin Lively
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Richard Moore
Transition and Consulting Agreement with Richard Moore
Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan
Form of Class M Unit Award under Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC 2013 Equity
Incentive Plan
Form of Planet Fitness, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Form of Planet Fitness, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan
Form of Recapitalization Agreement
Form of Stock Option Award
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of KPMG, LLP
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-
14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-
14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
102
Incorporated by Reference
Filed
herewith
Form
8-K
File no.
Exhibit
Filing date
001-37534
10.1
10-Nov-16
8-K
001-37534
10.1
30-May-17
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
001-37534
10-Q
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
001-37534
10-Q
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.2
10.8
10.9
10.1
15-Jul-15
15-Jul-15
15-Jul-15
15-Jul-15
03-Nov-16
15-Jul-15
15-Jul-15
03-Nov-16
S-1/A 333-205141
10.10
15-Jul-15
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
10-K
S-1
S-1
333-205141
333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
333-205141
S-1
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
S-1/A 333-205141
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.18
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
15-Jul-15
15-Jul-15
15-Jul-15
1-Mar-18
22-Jun-15
22-Jun-15
15-Jul-15
22-Jun-15
15-Jul-15
15-Jul-15
15-Jul-15
X
X
X
X
X
X
Incorporated by Reference
Form
File no.
Exhibit
Filing date
Exhibit
number
32.2
101
Exhibit
description
Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
Interactive Data Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i)
Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements
Filed
herewith
X
X
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
103
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized .
SIGNATURES
Date: March 1, 2018
Planet Fitness, Inc.
/s/ Dorvin Lively
Dorvin Lively
President and Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name
Title
Date
/s/ Christopher Rondeau
Christopher Rondeau
/s/ Dorvin Lively
Dorvin Lively
/s/ David Berg
David Berg
/s/ Frances Rathke
Frances Rathke
/s/ Craig Benson
Craig Benson
/s/ Cammie Dunaway
Cammie Dunaway
/s/ Stephen Spinelli, Jr.
Stephen Spinelli, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer and Director
March 1, 2018
(Principal Executive Officer)
President and Chief Financial Officer
March 1, 2018
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
104
March 1, 2018
March 1, 2018
March 1, 2018
March 1, 2018
March 1, 2018
TRANSITION AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.18
This Transition and Consulting Agreement ( “Agreement” ) is made and entered into between Planet Fitness, Inc., Planet
Fitness Holdings, LLC and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, “the Company” or “Planet Fitness” ) and Richard
Moore ( “Employee” or “you” ) concerning the terms of your separation from the Company.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Employee was employed by the Company as the Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel; and
WHEREAS, the Company and Employee desire, and have determined that it is in their mutual best interest, to cease their
employment relationship effective as of close of business on November 30, 2017 ( “Separation Date” ); and
WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide certain separation benefits to Employee in exchange for Employee’s
tender of his resignation and execution and delivery of a general release of claims as set forth in this Agreement and as previously
agreed to in Company’s and Employee’s July 2, 2015 Employment Agreement ( “Employment Agreement” ) and April 30, 2013
Class M Unit Award Agreement ( “Award Agreement” ), both of which are incorporated herein by reference; and
WHEREAS, the Company and Employee intend to execute or have executed this Agreement, along with the Employment
Agreement and Award Agreement, and agree that in the instance of a conflict, the most restrictive covenants as to Employee will
control;
WHEREAS, Employee has accepted the Company’s offer of separation benefits as set forth in this Agreement and has
agreed to tender his resignation and to execute and deliver a general release of claims to the Company, as well as to work in a
transitional and consulting capacity.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings previously agreed upon in the
Employment Agreement and Award Agreement and as set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:
1. Separation Date and Consideration.
Your employment
with the Company will
terminate effective
November 30, 2017, the Separation Date. In the event that you choose not to accept this offer, the Company reserves the right to
terminate your employment prior to the Separation Date and will not be obligated to make any payments or provide any other
benefits to you. As of the last day of your employment, all salary payments will cease and any benefits you had under Company-
provided benefit plans, programs or practices will be terminated, except as required by the Employment Agreement, Award
Agreement, and federal or state law and/or as provided in Paragraph 3, below. Specifically, and pursuant to the Employment
Agreement, the Company will provide you:
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
1
Initial Date
of
11
Separation Date;
Separation Date;
1.1
Your “ Base Salary ” ($315,000/year) for the final payroll period of your employment, through your
1.2
Compensation at the rate of your Base Salary for any vacation time earned but not used as of the
Separation Date occurs; and
1.3 Any annual bonus awarded but not yet paid for the bonus year preceding the year in which your
Reimbursement for business expenses incurred by you but not yet paid to you as of the Separation
Date, provided you submit all e xpenses and supporting documentation required within thirty (30) days of the Separation Date, and
provided further that such expenses are reimbursable under Company policies.
1.4
As further consideration for this Agreement, the Company and Employee agree as follows:
including December 31, 2017;
1.5
The Company will pay Employee his Base Salary for the payroll periods extending through and
1.6
The Company will modify the stock option agreement granted to Employee dated May 4, 2017
pursuant to the Planet Fit ness, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Grant”) such that the Grant will continue to vest pursuant to
Sect. 3(a) thereof (and notwithstanding Sect. 3(c) thereof) as if Employee continued employment with the Company through
December 31, 2019 (the “Special Vesting Modification” ); and
1.7
Any annual cash bonus awarded but not yet paid for the bonus year 2017.
2. Insurance.
Except as expressly provided in Paragraph 3,
below,
your participation in all employee
benefit plans of the Company will end as of the Separation Date, in accordance with the terms of those plans. If you are currently
covered by the Company’s group health insurance plans, you will be eligible to elect to continue your group medical and dental
coverage at your own expense for a period of up to 18 months subject to the terms of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act ( “COBRA” ). You may elect COBRA coverage for as long as you are eligible to do so. If you have
participated in the Health Care Flexible Spending Account program, you will have until the end of the current year to submit for
reimbursement any qualifying expenses incurred prior to the Separation Date. However, you will not continue to earn vacation or
other similar benefits after the Separation Date.
3. Consulting Arrangement.
From December 1,
2017 through December 31,
2018,
the Company will
retain your services as a consultant to assist with the transition of your position ( “Consulting Arrangement” ). The terms of the
Consulting Arrangement are as follows:
“Services” ):
3.1
You sh all provide to the Company the services set forth in this Section 3.1 (the
to Planet Fitness Headquarters more than three times per week, but you agree
3.1.1
From December 1, 2017 through December 31, 2018, you will not be required to travel
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
2
Initial Date
of
11
to be available by phone and email as needed on a reasonable basis, and to provide support to the Legal Department and Executive
Team as requested. You will respond to all requests for assistance in a timely manner. During this time, you will be availabl e for
weekly calls. You further agree to perform the Services to the best of your ability.
Services, but the Company shall remain responsible for all final decisions pertaini ng to Company matters.
3.1.2
The Company shall not control the manner or means by which you perform the
3.2The Company shall pay you a fixed amount of $26,250.00 per month (the “Consulting Fee” ) to compensate you
for providing the Services. As further consideration for the Services, if Employee timely elects continued coverage under COBRA,
the Company shall provide Employee with an amount equal to the Employee’s COBRA premiums necessary to continue Employee’s
coverage (including coverage for eligible dependents, if applicable) under COBRA ( “COBRA Coverage Payment” ). While
enrolled in COBRA, Employee shall have the same rights to add newly-acquired dependents to the Company’s group health plan as
similarly situated employees. Employee agrees to notify the Company if he becomes eligible for other group health insurance
coverage from another source, and should that occur, the Company will no longer be obligated to provide COBRA Coverage
Payments to the Employee or COBRA Coverage to the Employee and the Employee’s dependents and spouse who also obtain other
group health insurance coverage from another source.
The Consulting Fee and COBRA Coverage Payment will be paid via the
Company’s regular payroll cycle, which is currently bi-weekly.
3.3
You will be an independent contractor of the Company, and this Agreement shall not
be construed to create any association, partnership, joint venture, employee, or agency relationship between you and the Company
for any purpose during the Consulting Arrangement. You will have no authority (and shall not hold yourself out as having authority)
to bind the Company and you shall not make any agreements or representations on the Company's behalf without the Company's
prior written consent. You acknowledge that you will receive an IRS Form 1099-MISC from the Company for the duration of the
Consulting Arrangement.
3.4
Without limiting Section 3.3, you will not be eligible to participate in any vacation,
group medical or life insurance, disability, profit sharing or retirement benefits, or any other fringe benefits or benefit plans offered
by the Company to its employees, and the Company will not be responsible for withholding or paying any income, payroll, Social
Security, or other federal, state, or local taxes, making any insurance contributions, including for unemployment or disability, or
obtaining worker's compensation insurance on your behalf. You shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify the Company against,
all such taxes or contributions, including penalties and interest. Any persons employed or engaged by you in connection with the
performance of the Services shall be your employees or contractors and you shall be fully responsible for them and indemnify the
Company against any claims made by or on behalf of any such employee or contractor.
Upon prior written approval from the Company’s Gen eral Counsel, you are free to
accept engagements from others during the Consulting Arrangement, so long as those engagements do not prevent you from
performing the Services or otherwise violate any obligations
3.5
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
3
Initial Date
of
11
under this Agreement, the Employment Agreement , or the Award Agreement, including the non-competition and non-solicitation
provisions.
or other costs or expenses incurred by you in
connection with the performance of the Services, and in no event shall the Company reimburse you for any such costs or expenses
unless the Company requires that you travel outside of New England and you have obtained preapproval for the costs and expenses.
3.6 You are solely responsible for any travel
3.7
The Restricted Activities and Restrictive Covenants contained in Parag raph 3 of the
Employment Agreement and Attachment C to the Award Agreement pertaining to Confidential Information, Documents, Intellectual
Property, Restricted Activities (including the non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions) shall remain in full force and effect
during the term of the Consulting Arrangement and shall survive the Consulting Arrangement pursuant to the terms of the
Employment Agreement and the Award Agreement. Employee specifically agrees and acknowledges that in the event of a conflict
between the Employment Agreement and Award Agreement, the most restrictive covenant as to Employee controls, and specifically,
that Employee is subject to a two year non-competition restriction as outlined in the Employment Agreement.
3.8
Terminati on.
3.8.1
You may terminate the Consulting Arrangement upon fourteen (14) days’ written notice to Company. The
Company may terminate the Consulting Arrangement for Cause upon fourteen (14) days’ written notice to you. “Cause” is
determined by the Company at the its sole discretion and includes, but is not limited to (a) conduct by you that is detrimental to the
Company or Brand (including, without limitation: a determination by the Company that the Consulting Arrangement and/or any
action or omission by you may result in a material detriment to the value or image of the “Planet Fitness” brand or an individual
Planet Fitness store; your violation of the Code of Conduct of the Company or its subsidiaries ); (b) activities that represent a conflict
of interest as to, or competition with, the Company (including, without limitation: your acceptance of work (whether as an employee,
consultant or otherwise) that lessens the value or availability of your furnishing of the Services; your violation of any statutory or
common law duty of loyalty to the Company or its subsidiaries ); (c) failure to adequately and competently perform the Services
(including, without limitation: your failure to provide the Services to the best of your ability; any dishonesty, theft, fraud,
incompetence, or other misconduct; causing disruption to the Company’s work or workplace ); and (d) any other breach of this
Agreement, the Employment Agreement, or the Award Agreement that is not covered by Paragraph 3.8.3 . In the event of
termination by you pursuant to this clause, the Company shall pay you on a pro-rata basis any Consulting Fees then due and payable
for any Services completed up to and including the date of such termination and will cease providing COBRA Coverage Payments
two weeks after such termination. The remaining COBRA Coverage Payment will be paid no later than the Company’s next
regularly scheduled payroll cycle. The Special Vesting Modification shall end upon the date of such termination.
3.8.2The Consulting Arran gement, to include payment of Consulting Fees and COBRA Coverage, and the Special
Vesting Modification, may be immediately terminated by the Company, at the Company’s sole discretion, by written notice to you if
you
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
4
Initial Date
of
11
become a Company franchisee or if you en ter into any relationship with a Company franchisee or vendor (including, without
limitation, that of employee, independent contractor, or consultant). In the event of termination by you pursuant to this clause, the
Consulting Fees, COBRA Coverage Payment , and Special Vesting Modification will be handled as outlined in Paragraph 3.8.1.
You or the Company may terminate this Agreement, effective immediately upon written
notice to the other party to this Agreement, if the other party materially breache s this Agreement, and such breach is incapable of
cure, or with respect to a material breach capable of cure, the other party does not cure such breach within ten (10) days after receipt
of written notice of such breach.
3.8.3
other time upon the Company’s written request, you shall within five (5) days after such expiration or termination:
3.8.4
Upon expiration or termina tion of the Consulting Arrangement for any reason, or at any
(a) deliver to the Company all deliverables (whether complete or incomplete) and all
hardware, software, tools, equipment, or other materials provided for your use by the Company;
(b) deliver to the Company all tangible documents and materials (and any copies)
containing, reflecting, incorporating, or based on the Confidential Information (defined in Attachment
C to the Award Agreement);
(c) permanently erase all of the Confidential Information from your computer systems;
and
(d) certify in writing to the Company that you have complied with the requirements of
this clause.
(i)
that:
3.9 Property,
Expenses. You warrant
30,
2017, you will have submitted all legitimate requests for reimbursement of business expenses, and (ii) by the close of business on
December 31, 2018, you will return all Company property and data that has been in your possession or control including but not
limited to the Company credit card, Company issued equipment (including, but not limited, to, the laptop, iPad, and printer),
computer recorded information, tangible property, entry cards, keys and cell phone, and that if you have used any non-Company
computer, server, or e-mail system to receive, store, review, prepare or transmit any Company confidential or proprietary data,
materials or information, you agree to provide the Company with a computer-useable copy of such information and then permanently
delete and expunge such Company confidential or proprietary information from those systems and you will provide the Company
with access to such systems as requested to verify that the necessary copying and/or deletion is completed. The Company will
reimburse you in accordance with Company policies.
business on December
by the close of
4. Releases.
In accordance with paragraph 2(a)(iii) of the Award Agreement, you hereby agree to the
following Release:
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
5
Initial Date
of
11
4.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, you, on behalf of yourself and your successors-in-interest,
heirs, executors, agents, trustees, affiliates, servants, representatives, transferees, successors and assigns, hereby release and forever
discharge the Com pany, its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates and all of their respective past, present and/or future predecessors,
successors, agents, officers, directors, employees, parent companies, shareholders, employee benefit plans, administrators, trustees,
attor neys and representatives, and all others connected with any of them, both individually and in their official capacities
(“Releasees”), from and against any and all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, costs, expenses, fees (including without limitati
on attorneys' fees), actions, causes of action, rights, promises, judgments, losses, liens and damages of every kind, combination or
description, in law or at equity, which you have against the Releasees or have ever had, whether known or unknown, anticipa ted or
unanticipated, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, conditional or contingent, concerning, relating to, or arising out of any alleged acts
or omissions by any of the Releasees from the beginning of time to the date on which you execute this Agreement, including, without
limitation, all claims arising under any act, statute, constitution, regulation, executive order, ordinance, or the common law. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the claims released by you hereunder include, but are not limited to claims under any
employment laws, including, but not limited to, claims of unlawful discharge, retaliation, breach of contract, breach of the covenant
of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, violation of public policy, defamation, physical injury , emotional distress, claims for additional
compensation or benefits arising out of your employment or your separation of employment, claims under Title VII of the Civil
Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Employee Retirem ent Income Security Act, the New
Hampshire Law Against Discrimination and any other federal, state or local laws and/or regulations relating to employment, leaves
of absence from employment, or employment discrimination, including, without limitation, clai ms based on age or under the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”) or Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, and/or claims based on disability or
under the Americans with Disabilities Act. This release also includes claims arising under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18
U.S.C. §1514; Sections 748(h)(i), 922(h)(i), and 1057 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd Frank
Act”), 7 U.S.C. §26(h), 15 U.S.C. §78u-6(h)(i) and 12 U.S.C. §5567(a), but this Agreement does n ot release any right you may have
to receive a monetary award from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as an SEC Whistleblower, pursuant to the
bounty provision under Section 922(a)-(g) of the Dodd Frank Act, 7 U.S.C. Sec. 26(a)-(g), or dire ctly from any other federal or state
agency pursuant to a similar program. You recognize and agree that this is a general release, waiving and releasing claims to the
fullest extent permitted under the law. You also knowingly and intentionally waive any ri ghts to any additional recovery that might
be sought on your behalf against the Releasees by any other person, entity, local, state or federal government or agency thereof,
including specifically and without limitation, the state and federal Departments of Labor. The parties intend that the claims released
herein be construed as broadly as possible.
law.
4.2
You and the Company do not intend to release claims that you may not release as a matter of
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agree ment prohibits you from reporting possible
violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity including but not limited to the Department of Justice,
the Securities and Exchange Commission,
4.3
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
6
Initial Date
of
11
Congress, and any Inspector General, or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal
law or regulation. You do not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and you are not
required to notify the Company that you have made such reports or disclosures.
4.4
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit you from filing a charge or complaint with a
government agency such as but not limited to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board,
the Department of Labor, or other applicable state or local agency or from participating in any way with any investigation or
proceeding conducted by any such agency. However, you understand and agree that, by entering into this Agreement, you are
releasing your right to recover monetary damages or other individual relief in any charge, complaint or lawsuit filed by you or by
anyone else on your behalf.
You acknowledge that in accordance with paragraph 2(a)(iii) of your Award Agre ement, your
retention of the vested portion of the Class M Units awarded to you pursuant to the Award Agreement is contingent on you signing
this Agreement.
4.5
5. Employee’s Representations.
You understand and agree that any and all of your obligations to the
Company regarding confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, and non-competition to which you previously agreed
continue following the Separation Date and are not impacted by this Agreement, and the instance of a conflict between this
Agreement, the Employment Agreement and the Award Agreement, the more restrictive covenant applies. Specifically, you hereby
represent and warrant to the Company, with full knowledge that the Company intends to rely on these representations, the following:
5.1 Confidential Information. As an employee of and attorney for the Company, you had access to and
may be in possession of non-public information about the Company, its affiliates and parent, and the Company’s business plans,
products, employees and strategies. Subject to Section 5.6 below, you shall not disclose such confidential information directly or
indirectly to any person or entity outside of the Company. Additionally, you will continue to abide by the terms of any agreement
regarding confidentiality or non-competition you signed previously with the Company, including the Employment Agreement and
Award Agreement.
5.2 Non-solicitation of Employees. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement and Award Agreement, you
agree that you are subject to a non-solicitation agreement between you and the Company, and those provisions remain in full force
and effect.
two (2) year non-competition agreement between you and the Company, which remains in full force and effect.
5.3 Non-compete. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement,
you agree that you are subject to a
5.4 Non-disparagement. Subject to Section 5.6 below,
directly or
indirectly, by any manner or means, in public or in private, disparage orally or in writing the Releasees, or the Company or its
affiliates’ business, management, products or services, and that you will not otherwise do or say anything that could disrupt the good
morale of employees of the Company or any of its affiliates or harm the interests or reputation of the Company or any of its
affiliates. Similarly, the Company’s Section 16 Officers and Board of Directors agree that they
you agree that you shall not,
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
7
Initial Date
of
11
will not, directly or indirectly, by any manner or means, in private or in public, disparage you orally or in writing, or otherwise do or
say anything that could harm your interests or reputation, and the Company will notify its Section 16 Officers and Board of Directors
of this obligation. Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit either Company representatives or Employee from providing truthf ul
information in response to a legal proceeding or media report or inquiry.
You acknowledge that from and after the Separation Date, you shall have no authority to represent
yourself as an employee or agent of the Company, and you agree not to represent yourself thereafter as an employee or agent of the
Company.
5.5
5.6
Nothing in this Agreement limits, restricts or in any other way affects your communicating
with any governmental agency or entity, or communicating with any official or staff person of a governmental agency, concerning
matters relevant to the governmental agency or entity. In addition, an action that would otherwise count as trade secret
misappropriation will be immunized if the disclosure (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official,
either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law;
or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.
5.7 Cooperation with Litigation . During and for two years following the termination of Employee’s Consulting
Arrangement (regardless of the reason for Employee’s termination), Employee agrees to cooperate with the Company and make
himself readily available to the Company, the Company’s Legal Department, and the Company’s outside counsel, or any of its
advisers, as the Company may reasonably request, to assist it in any matter regarding the Company and its parent, affiliates and
franchisees, including giving truthful testimony in any litigation, potential litigation or any internal investigation or administrative,
regulatory, judicial or quasi-judicial proceedings involving the Company over which Employee has knowledge, experience or
information. Employee acknowledges that this could involve, but is not limited to, responding to or defending any regulatory or
legal process, providing information in relation to any such process, preparing witness statements, and preparing for and giving
evidence in person on behalf of the Company. This responsibility and agreement is considered a critical component of the
Services. Further, upon expiration of the Consulting Arrangement, Employee agrees to continue his Cooperation with Litigation,
and for the two years following expiration of the Consulting Arrangement, the Company shall reimburse Employee a reasonable
hourly rate for his time (not to exceed $150/hour) and any reasonable expenses incurred by Employee as a consequence of
complying with obligations under this clause , provided that such expenses a re approved in advance by the Company .
6. No Admission of Liability. This Agreement is not and shall not be construed or contended by you to be
an admission or evidence of any wrongdoing or liability on the part of Releasees, their representatives, heirs, executors, attorneys,
agents, partners, officers, shareholders, directors, employees, subsidiaries, parents, affiliates, divisions, successors or assigns. This
Agreement shall be afforded the maximum protection allowable under any state or federal provisions regarding such admissibility.
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
8
Initial Date
of
11
7. Limited Indemnification. The Company agrees that if Employee is made a party or is threatened to be
made a pa rty, or is required to appear as a witness to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Company, if such action is alleged
in the Employee’s official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent,
he shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by law and the Company’s bylaw s, as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all costs and expenses incurred or suffered by Employee in connection therewith
(unless Employee engaged in actions or omissions that constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct, misfeasance, m alfeasance, or
illegal conduct in which case indemnification will be unavailable and void). Such indemnification (and the stated limitations on
same) shall continue as to Employee even if Employee has ceased to be an officer, director or agent, or is no l onger employed by the
Company. Employee agrees to fully cooperate with the Company should any Proceeding commence.
8. Waiver and Invalidity. The failure of any party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this
Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or
any part thereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this
Agreement shall be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The parties agree that the provisions of this Agreement
shall be deemed severable and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any portion or any provision shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of the other portions or provisions. Such provisions shall be appropriately limited and given effect to the extent that
they may be enforceable.
9. Remedies for Breach by Employee. You understand and agree that the Company’s obligation to perform
under this Agreement is conditioned upon your covenant and promise to the Company as set forth in this Agreement, the
Employment Agreement, and the Award Agreement. In the event you breach any such covenants and promises, or cause any such
covenants or promises to be breached, you acknowledge and agree that the Company may suspend performance under this
Agreement and/or seek all legal remedies including injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. Should the
Company prevail in any litigation associated with your breach of this Agreement, your Employment Agreement, or your Award
Agreement, the Company will be entitled to reimbursement of its attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in pursuing/defending same.
10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
New Hampshire without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
11. Successors, Assigns, and Representatives. This Agreement shall inure to and be binding upon the parties
hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.
12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement
between you and Releasees with
respect to the subject matter hereof and, unless specifically noted in Section 6 of this Agreement, supersedes all prior negotiations
and agreements, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter. You acknowledge that neither Releasees nor their agents or
attorneys have made
constitutes the entire agreement
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
9
Initial Date
of
11
any promise, representation or warranty whatsoever, either express or implied, written or oral, which is not contained in this
Agreement for the purpose of inducing you to execute the Agreement, and you acknowledge that you have voluntarily executed this
Agreement in reliance only upon such promises, representations and warranties as are contained he rein. This Agreement may only
be modified in a writing signed by the parties.
13. Review of Separation Agreement/Knowing and Voluntary Execution.
Employee acknowledges and
agrees that:
no promises or agreement of any other kind which have caused him to execute this Agreement;
(a) the only consideration for his execution of this Agreement is that which is stated herein, and there are
representatives, concerning the matters addressed in this Agreement;
(b) he has not
relied on statements or representations by the Released Parties,
their agents or
including but not limited to its release and waiver of claims and its final and binding effect;
(c) he has carefully read and fully understands the provisions, meaning and intent of this Agreement,
(d) he has been given 21 days within which to consider this Agreement, he may sign this Agreement in
less than 21 days but it not required by the Company to do so, and understands that if the Agreement is not executed within those 21
days, it will be void;
day consideration period will not be reset;
(e) if there have been any changes to a prior version of this Agreement (material or immaterial), the 21-
(f) he has been advised in writing to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; and
(g) he knowingly and voluntarily enters into this Agreement.
14. Revocation Period and Effective Date. For seven (7) days following his execution of this Agreement (the
“Revocation Period” ), Employee may revoke the Agreement and the Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the
Revocation Period has expired. This Agreement shall not become effective until the 8 th day after signature by Employee (
“Effective Date” ).
15. Waiver of Jury Trial. The Company and Employee hereby waive their rights to a jury trial of any claim
or cause of action based upon or rising out of this Agreement. This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be
modified either orally or in writing, and the waiver shall apply to any subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or
modifications to this agreement. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the
Court.
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
10
Initial Date
of
11
If you agree to the terms of this Agreement, please sign below and return it to Justin Vartanian, 4 Liberty Lane West,
Hampton, NH 03842.
Sincerely,
Planet Fitness, Inc.
By: /s/ Christopher J. Rondeau
Christopher J. Rondeau
Chief Executive Officer
By signing this Agreement, I represent and warrant that I agree to all provisions contained in this Agreement and hereby execute it
voluntarily and with full understanding of its terms.
Signed: /s/ Richard Moore
Date: 11/30/17
Richard Moore
WSACTIVELLP:9483770.1
/s/ RM 11/30/17
/s/ CR 11/30/17
Page
11
Initial Date
of
11
SUBSIDIARIES OF PLANET FITNESS, INC.
Exhibit 21.1
JURISDICTION
ENTITY
Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC
Planet Intermediate, LLC
Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC
Pla-Fit Health LLC
PF Coventry, LLC
Pla-Fit Health NJNY LLC
Bayonne Fitness Group, LLC
Bayshore Fitness Group LLC
601 Washington Street Fitness Group, LLC
Levittown Fitness Group, LLC
Long Island Fitness Group, LLC
Melville Fitness Group, LLC
Peekskill Fitness Group, LLC
Carle Place Fitness LLC
Edison Fitness Group LLC
1040 South Broadway Fitness Group
JFZ LLC
Pla-Fit Colorado LLC
PF Derry LLC
PFCA LLC
PF Vallejo, LLC
Pizzazz, LLC
PFPA, LLC
PF Kingston, LLC
Pla-Fit Warminster LLC
Pizzazz II, LLC
PF Greensburg LLC
PF Erie LLC
PFIP International
Planet Fitness International Franchise
Planet Fitness Equipment LLC
Pla-Fit Canada Inc.
Pla-Fit Canada Franchise Inc.
Pla-Fit Franchise LLC
PFIP, LLC
Planet Fitness NAF, LLC
Delaware
Delaware
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New York
New York
New York
New York
New York
New York
New York
New Jersey
New York
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
California
Pennsylvania
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
Pennsylvania
Pennsylvania
Pennsylvania
Cayman Islands
Cayman Islands
New Hampshire
British Columbia
British Columbia
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
New Hampshire
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23.1
The Board of Directors
Planet Fitness, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333206158) on Form S-8 and (Nos. 333-213417 and 333-215317) on Form S-3 of
Planet Fitness, Inc. of our reports dated March 1, 2018, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31,
2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-
year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and financial statement Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (collectively, the
“consolidated financial statements”), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, which reports appear in the
December 31, 2017 annual report on Form 10K of Planet Fitness, Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 1, 2018
/s/ KPMG LLP
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.1
I, Chris Rondeau, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.
Date: March 1, 2018
/s/ Christopher Rondeau
Christopher Rondeau
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.2
I, Dorvin Lively, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.
Date: March 1, 2018
/s/ Dorvin Lively
Dorvin Lively
President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the annual report of Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Chris Rondeau, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
•
•
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for
the periods presented therein.
Date: March 1, 2018
/s/ Christopher Rondeau
Christopher Rondeau
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.2
In connection with the annual report of Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dorvin Lively, President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
•
•
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for
the periods presented therein.
Date: March 1, 2018
/s/ Dorvin Lively
Dorvin Lively
President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)